SHAUGHNESSY COLLEEN/FA
S-1, 1997-09-22
Previous: FS VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT FIVE, N-4 EL, 1997-09-22
Next: APEX MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC, S-11, 1997-09-22




<PAGE>

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 19, 1997

                                                         Registration No. 333-
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington , D.C. 20549
                                           
                                       FORM S-1
                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                              THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                                            

                       NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST 1997-1
                       (Issuer with respect to the Securities)
                                           
                         NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
                      (Depositor of the Trust described herein)
                 Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter

         Delaware                     6799                        35-2010710
(State or other jurisdiction     (Primary Standard             (I.R.S. Employer
 of incorporation or              Industrial Classification     Identification
 organization)                    Code Number)                  No.)

                         NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
                                 2700 Bank One Tower
                                 111 Monument Circle
                             Indianapolis, Indiana 46204

     (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
Registrant's principal executive offices)

                                  Scott Moore, Esq.
                         NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II
                                 2700 Bank One Tower
                                 111 Monument Circle
                             Indianapolis, Indiana 46204

             (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                      Copies to:

    M. David Galainena, Esq.                        Michael D. Nathan, Esq.
    Winston & Strawn                                Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
    35 West Wacker Drive                            425 Lexington Avenue
    Chicago, Illinois 60601                         New York, New York 10017
    (312) 558-5600                                 (212) 455-2000

                          --------------------------

    Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon
as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

    If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. / /

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. / /

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /_______

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /_______

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /

                           CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Title of       Amount to     Proposed Maximum  Proposed Maximum   Amount of
Each Class     Be            Offering Price    Aggregate          Registration
of Securities  Registered(1) Per Unit (2)      Offering Price(2)  Fee
to Be
Registered

Class A-1     $1,000,000        100%             $1,000,000        $303.03
Receivable-
Backed
Notes

Class A-2     $1,000,000        100%             $1,000,000        $303.03
Receivable-
Backed
Notes

Class B       $1,000,000        100%             $1,000,000        $303.03
Receivable-
Backed
Notes

Class C       $1,000,000        100%             $1,000,000        $303.03
Receivable-
Backed
Notes
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The amount of Securities being registered represents the maximum aggregate
principal amount of Securities currently expected to be offered for sale.

(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(a).

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS
BECOME EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                    Subject to Completion, dated September 19, 1997

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                       NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST 1997-1

         $          % CLASS A-1 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1997-1
          $       % CLASS A-2 RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1997-1
           $        % CLASS B RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1997-1
          $          % CLASS C RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 1997-1 

                         NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II,
                                   Trust Depositor
                             NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC.
                                       Servicer
                                    --------------

     The Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust 1997-1 (the "TRUST" or the 
"ISSUER"), a limited purpose Delaware business trust, will be  formed 
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of             , 1997, between 
Newcourt Receivables Corporation II ("NRC II"), as Trust Depositor (in such 
capacity, the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), and            , as Owner Trustee (the 
"OWNER TRUSTEE").  The Trust Depositor is a wholly owned, limited purpose 
bankruptcy remote subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc.; Newcourt 
Credit Group USA Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group 
Inc. ("NEWCOURT").  The Trust will issue $           aggregate principal 
amount of      % Class A-1 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 (the "CLASS 
A-1 NOTES"), $            aggregate principal amount of        % Class A-2 
Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 (the "CLASS A-2 NOTES" ),  $          
 aggregate principal amount of      % Class B Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 
1997-1 (the "CLASS B NOTES") and $     aggregate principal amount of    % 
Class C Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 (the "CLASS C NOTES"; and 
together with the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and Class B Notes, the 
"NOTES").  The Notes will represent debt obligations of the Trust, and will 
be issued pursuant to and secured by an Indenture dated as of            , 
1997 (the "INDENTURE") to be entered into between the Trust and        , as 
Indenture Trustee (the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE").  The Trust will concurrently 
issue $          aggregate principal amount of      % Class

                                                 (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER
"RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 19 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

     THE NOTES ARE SECURED BY THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST. THE PROCEEDS OF THE 
ASSETS OF THE TRUST AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT ARE THE 
ONLY SOURCES OF PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES. THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS 
OF THE TRUST ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN, AND 
ARE NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, THE TRUST DEPOSITOR, THE OWNER TRUSTEE, 
NEWCOURT USA, NEWCOURT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OR ANY 
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

                                    --------------

    THESE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
            PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                 RETAIN THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. 

                                    --------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Price to Public     Underwriting        Proceeds to Issuer
                                         Discounts and       (2)
                                         Commissions (1)

 Per Class A-1 Note  $                   $                   $

 Per Class A-2 Note  $                   $                   $
 Per Class B Note    $                   $                   $

 Per Class C Note    $                   $                   $

  Total              $                   $                   $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  The Issuer and Newcourt Financial USA Inc. have agreed to indemnify the 
     Underwriter against certain liabilities, including under the Securities 
     Act of 1933.

(2)  Before deducting expenses of this Offering estimated to be $_______

     The Notes are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior sale, when, as
and if issued to and accepted by it and subject to its right to reject any order
in whole or in part or to withdraw, cancel or modify any order without notice. 
It is expected that delivery of the Notes will be made in book-entry form only
through the Same Day Funds Settlement System of The Depository Trust Company, or
through Cedel Bank, S.A. or the Euroclear System, on or about               ,
1997.

FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.

          The date of this Prospectus is        , 1997.

<PAGE>

(COVER PAGE CONTINUED)

D Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 (the "SUBORDINATED NOTES"), as well 
as Class E Receivable-Backed Certificates, Series 1997-1 (the "CERTIFICATES") 
which Certificates will not bear interest and have certain rights to the 
monies in the Reserve Fund (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS - RESERVE FUND") 
and certain other excess funds after the payment of all principal and 
interest on the Notes and Subordinated Notes (the Certificates, together with 
the Subordinated Notes, being collectively the "SUBORDINATED SECURITIES").  
The Subordinated Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture and the 
Certificates will represent fractional undivided beneficial equity interests 
in the Trust and will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  The 
Subordinated Securities are not being offered pursuant to this Prospectus.

     The property of the Trust (the "TRUST ASSETS") will include (a) a pool of
contracts originated or acquired by Newcourt Financial USA Inc. ("Newcourt USA",
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc. as described herein
(inclusive of any Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts added to the
Trust from time to time as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS -THE CONTRACTS",
collectively, the "CONTRACTS") consisting of (i) conditional sale agreements,
promissory notes with related security agreements, operating and finance leases,
installment payment agreements, and similar types of financing agreements with
end-users (each, an "END-USER") of the Equipment, Software and Services
described below (such Contracts, "END-USER CONTRACTS") and meeting certain
eligibility criteria specified herein, relating to a wide variety of new and
used information technology equipment (such as mainframe and mini computers,
computer work stations, personal computers, data storage devices and other
computer related peripheral equipment), communications equipment (such as
telephone switching and networking systems), commercial business and industrial
equipment (such as printing presses, machine tools and other manufacturing
equipment, photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office equipment, energy
savings and control equipment, automotive diagnostic and automated testing
equipment), medical equipment (such as diagnostic and therapeutic examination
equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and ultrasound and laboratory analysis
equipment), resources equipment (such as feller-bunchers and grapplers), and
transportation and construction equipment (such as heavy and medium duty trucks
and highway trailers, school buses, bulldozers, loaders, graters, excavators,
forklifts and other materials handling equipment, golf carts and other road and
off-road machinery) (collectively, the "EQUIPMENT"), certain computer software
(the "SOFTWARE") and related support and consulting services (the "SERVICES";
together with Equipment and Software, the "FINANCED ITEMS"), together with
certain rights of Newcourt USA under finance program agreements and assignments
with Vendors (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS -VENDOR AGREEMENTS") of the
Financed Items, as well as the Equipment or a security interest in the
Equipment, as more fully described herein, and (ii) limited recourse contractual
payment obligations (which may take the form of promissory notes) payable by
Vendors (such payment obligations, "VENDOR LOANS") and secured by the Vendor's
interest in End-User Contracts originated by such Vendor (End-User Contracts
securing Vendor Loans being collectively referred to as "SECONDARY CONTRACTS"),
and by the Equipment related to such End-User Contracts, (b) collections on such
Contracts due or received on and after           , 1997 (the "CUTOFF DATE") or,
in the case of Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts, their applicable
Cutoff Dates as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS -CUTOFF DATES" and (c) monies, to
the extent available, in the Reserve Fund.  The Contracts and related interests
will be conveyed by Newcourt USA (in such capacity, the "SELLER") to the Trust
Depositor pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement dated as of              ,
1997 (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT") by and between Newcourt USA and the
Trust Depositor.  The Trust Depositor will concurrently convey such assets to
the Trust pursuant to the  Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of            
, 1997 (the "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), among the Trust Depositor, the
Trust, the Indenture Trustee (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS -INDENTURE
TRUSTEE") and Newcourt USA in its capacity as Servicer thereunder (Newcourt USA
being, in such capacity, the "SERVICER").  

     Interest on the Notes and Subordinated Notes will be payable monthly in 
arrears on the           day of the month (or if such day is not a Business 
Day the next succeeding Business Day) beginning on                , 1997 
(each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE") with respect to the period from and including 
the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or with respect to the initial 
Distribution Date, the date of issuance of the Notes and Subordinated Notes) 
to the period to and excluding such Distribution Date to holders of record as 
of              (the "RECORD DATE"). The Certificates do not bear interest.  
Principal payments with respect to the Notes and Subordinated Securities will 
be payable on each Distribution Date to the holders thereof as of the related 
Record Date as described herein.  The stated maturity date with respect to 
the Class A-1 Notes is the      Distribution Date and with respect to all 
other Notes and Subordinated Securities is the                 Distribution 
Date.  The actual payment in full, however, of the Notes or Subordinated 
Securities could and is expected to occur earlier than such stated maturity 
dates.  See "SUMMARY OF TERMS--TERMS OF THE NOTES--B.  PRINCIPAL" and 
"C.--OPTIONAL REDEMPTION" herein.

     The Notes and the Subordinated Securities will be payable primarily from
collections of payments due under the Contracts (including payments from Vendors
pursuant to certain recourse arrangements, where

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

applicable, and as further described below), certain amounts received upon 
the prepayment or purchase of Contracts or liquidation of the Contracts and 
disposition of the related Equipment upon defaults thereunder, and the 
proceeds of Servicer Advances (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS -SERVICING; 
SERVICING FEE; SERVICER ADVANCES"), if any.  

     Payments of interest due on the Notes on any given Distribution Date will
be made prior to making any payments of principal on any of the Notes or the
Subordinated Notes.  Payments of interest due on the Subordinated Notes will be
subordinated in priority to payments of interest due on the Class A-1 Notes, the
Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes.  Payments of interest
due on Class C Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments of interest on
the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class B Notes.  Payments of
interest due on Class B Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments of
interest due on the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes. Payments of interest
due on the Class A-2 Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments of
interest due on the Class A-1 Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, after the occurrence and
during the continuance of a Restricting Event or the occurrence of an Event of
Default payments of interest on the Class A-2 Notes and Class A-1 Notes, will be
made pro rata.  Payments of principal on the Subordinated Notes will be
subordinated in priority to payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes,  the
Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes and Class C Notes.  Payments of principal on
the Class C Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments of principal on
the Class A-1 Notes,  the Class A-2 Notes and the Class B Notes.  Payments of
principal on the Class B Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments of
principal on the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes.  Payments of principal
on the Class A-2 Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments of principal
on the Class A-1 Notes.  See "SUMMARY OF TERMS--TERMS OF THE NOTES", as well as
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     The Notes are being offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  Sales of the
Notes may not be consummated unless the purchaser has received this Prospectus. 
The Subordinated Securities are not being offered hereby.

     The Issuer does not intend to apply for listing of the Notes on any
securities exchange or for the inclusion of the Notes on any automated quotation
system.

     There currently is no secondary market for the Notes and there is no
assurance that one will develop, or if one does develop, that it will continue
or provide sufficient liquidity.

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES OFFERED
HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. 
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
                                           
                                REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

     During such time as the Notes remain in book-entry form, periodic and
annual unaudited reports, containing information concerning the Trust, the
Contracts, the Notes and the Certificates, will be prepared by the Servicer and
sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede & Co. ("CEDE"), as nominee of The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"), and the Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR") or Cedel Bank,
S.A. ("CEDEL") as registered holders of the Notes.  Such reports will be made
available by DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL and its participants to holders of
interests in the Notes in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures
creating and affecting DTC, Euroclear and CEDEL, respectively.  See "DESCRIPTION
OF THE NOTES--BOOK ENTRY REGISTRATION" and "--REPORTS" below.  Such reports will
not constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles or that have been examined and reported upon by,
with an opinion expressed by, an independent or certified public accountant.   
Upon the issuance of fully registered, certificated Notes, such reports will be
sent to each registered Noteholder.

                                AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Trust Depositor, as originator of the Trust, has filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") a Registration Statement
(together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the "REGISTRATION
STATEMENT") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"),
with respect to the Notes offered pursuant to this Prospectus and described
herein.  For further information, reference is made to the Registration
Statement which may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington,
D.C. 20549; Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661 and Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. 
Copies of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference
Branch of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  The Commission also 
maintains a public access site on the Internet through the World Wide Web at 
which site reports, information statements and other information, including 
all electronic filings, regarding the Trust Depositor and the Trust may be 
viewed.  The Internet address of such World Wide Web site is 
http://www.sec.gov.  The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, will also file or 
cause to be filed with the Commission such periodic reports as are required 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT") 
and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Copies of such 
reports can be obtained as described above.

     UPON RECEIPT OF A REQUEST BY AN INVESTOR, OR HIS OR HER REPRESENTATIVE,
WITHIN THE PERIOD DURING WHICH THERE IS AN OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS,
THE UNDERWRITER WILL PROMPTLY DELIVER, OR CAUSE TO BE DELIVERED, WITHOUT CHARGE
AND IN ADDITION TO ANY SUCH DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS, A PAPER COPY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS AND A PROSPECTUS ENCODED IN AN ELECTRONIC FORMAT.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Certain capitalized terms
used in this summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus on the pages
indicated in the "INDEX OF TERMS" on page    .

There are material risks associated with an investment in the Notes.  See "RISK
FACTORS" on page 19 for a discussion of certain factors that investors should
consider before making an investment in the Notes.

Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust 1997-1 
                                   (the "ISSUER" or the "TRUST"), a Delaware 
                                   business trust to be formed by the Trust 
                                   Depositor and the Owner Trustee pursuant 
                                   to the Trust Agreement dated as of         
                                      , 1997 (the "TRUST AGREEMENT") between 
                                   the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee. 
                                    The principal executive offices of the 
                                   Trust will be in Wilmington, Delaware, in 
                                   care of the Owner Trustee, at the address 
                                   of the Owner Trustee specified below.

Trust Depositor. . . . . . . . . . Newcourt Receivables Corporation II, a 
                                   Delaware corporation (the "TRUST 
                                   DEPOSITOR") and a wholly owned, limited 
                                   purpose subsidiary of Newcourt Credit 
                                   Group USA Inc. The Trust Depositor's 
                                   principal executive offices are located at 
                                   Bank One Tower, 111 Monument Circle, Suite 
                                   300, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 and its 
                                   telephone number is (317) 229-3406.

Seller/Servicer. . . . . . . . . . Newcourt Financial USA Inc., a Delaware 
                                   corporation ("NEWCOURT USA"; or, in its 
                                   separate capacities as a Seller under the 
                                   Transfer and Sale Agreement, the "SELLER", 
                                   or as Servicer under the Sale and 
                                   Servicing Agreement described herein, the 
                                   "SERVICER"), which is a wholly-owned 
                                   subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA 
                                   Inc. which, in turn is a wholly owed 
                                   subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group Inc. 
                                   ("NEWCOURT").  Newcourt USA's offices are 
                                   located at Bank One Tower, 111 Monument 
                                   Tower Circle, Suite 2700 Indianapolis, 
                                   Indiana 46204 and its telephone number is
                                   (317) 767-0077.

Indenture Trustee. . . . . . . . .            , as indenture trustee under 
                                   the Indenture described herein (the 
                                   "INDENTURE TRUSTEE").  The Indenture 
                                   Trustee's offices are located at       .

Owner Trustee. . . . . . . . . . .                , as owner trustee under 
                                   the Trust Agreement (the "OWNER TRUSTEE"). 
                                   The Owner Trustee's offices are located at 
                                                   .

Cutoff Dates . . . . . . . . . . .With respect to the Contracts transferred 
                                   to the Trust on the Closing Date,    , 
                                   1997, and with respect to any Additional 
                                   Contract or Substitute Contract (see 
                                   "SUMMARY OF TERMS--A. The Contracts") 
                                   transferred to the Trust thereafter, the 
                                   close of business on the first day of the 
                                   calendar month in which such transfer 
                                   occurs  (each of such dates a "CUTOFF 
                                   DATE", an "ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CUTOFF 
                                   DATE", or a "SUBSTITUTE CONTRACT CUTOFF 
                                   DATE", respectively).  The term "CUTOFF 
                                   DATE" when used herein in the context of 
                                   general references to the pool of 
                                   Contracts held by the Trust, should be 
                                   deemed to include a reference to the 
                                   Additional Contract Cutoff Date and 
                                   Substitute Contract Cutoff Date of any 
                                   Additional Contract or Substitute Contract 
                                   contained within such pool of Contracts, 
                                   unless otherwise specified or unless the 
                                   context otherwise clearly requires.

Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . On or about      , 1997 (the "CLOSING DATE").

Collection Periods,. . . . . . . . A Collection Period is the period from and
Calculation Dates,                 including the first day of each calendar
Distribution Dates                 month to and including the last day of the
and Record Dates                   calendar month (such first day, the
                                   "CALCULATION DATE" and each such period, a 
                                   "COLLECTION PERIOD").  A Distribution Date 
                                   is the     th day  (or if any such date is 
                                   not a "BUSINESS DAY", I.E., a day other 
                                   than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on 
                                   which banking institutions in 
                                   Indianapolis, Indiana, Toronto, Ontario, 
                                   Canada or New York, New York 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                                   are authorized or obligated by any law or 
                                   regulation to be closed, then on the next 
                                   succeeding Business Day) of each calendar 
                                   month (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE") 
                                   commencing        , 199  .  The Collection 
                                   Period relating to any particular 
                                   Distribution Date shall be the Collection 
                                   Period occurring during the calendar month 
                                   preceding the month in which such 
                                   Distribution Date occurs.

                                   With respect to any Distribution Date and 
                                   the Notes, the "RECORD DATE" is the 
                                   calendar day immediately preceding each 
                                   Distribution Date (or, with respect to any 
                                   Definitive Note as defined in "DESCRIPTION 
                                   OF THE NOTES -DEFINITIVE NOTES", the last 
                                   calendar day of the month preceding the 
                                   month in which such Distribution Date 
                                   occurs).

The Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . .$            aggregate principal amount 
                                   (the "INITIAL CLASS A-1 NOTE PRINCIPAL 
                                   BALANCE") of      % Class A-1 
                                   Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 
                                   (the "CLASS A-1 NOTES"); $           
                                   aggregate principal amount (the "INITIAL 
                                   CLASS A-2 NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of      
                                   % Class A-2 Receivable-Backed Notes, 
                                   Series 1997-1 (the "CLASS A-2 NOTES"); 
                                   $       aggregate principal amount (the 
                                   "INITIAL CLASS B NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") 
                                   of     % Class B Receivable-Backed Notes, 
                                   Series 1997-1; and $      aggregate 
                                   principal amount (the "INITIAL CLASS C 
                                   NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE") of    % Class C 
                                   Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 
                                   (the "CLASS C NOTES"; and together with 
                                   the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and 
                                   Class B Notes, the "NOTES"). The Initial 
                                   Class A-1 Note Principal Balance is equal 
                                   to approximately      % of the initial 
                                   Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance (as 
                                   defined herein) of the Contracts, the 
                                   Initial Class A-2 Note Principal Balance 
                                   is equal to approximately     % of the 
                                   initial Aggregate Discounted Contract 
                                   Balance, the Initial Class B Note 
                                   Principal Balance is equal to 
                                   approximately      % of the initial 
                                   Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance of 
                                   the Contracts, and the Initial Class C 
                                   Note Principal Balance is equal to 
                                   approximately   % of the Initial Aggregate 
                                   Discounted Contract Balance of the 
                                   Contracts.

                                   The Notes will be issued by the Trust 
                                   pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as of 
                                                , 1997 (the "INDENTURE"), 
                                   between the Trust and the Indenture 
                                   Trustee.  The Notes will be secured by the 
                                   assets of the Trust.  The Notes will be 
                                   available for purchase in book-entry form 
                                   only in minimum denominations of $1,000 
                                   and integral multiples thereof (except for 
                                   one Note of each Class which, for rounding 
                                   purposes, may be less than an integral 
                                   multiple thereof). The holders of 
                                   beneficial interests in the Notes held in 
                                   book-entry form ("NOTE OWNERS") will not 
                                   be entitled to receive Definitive Notes 
                                   except in the limited circumstances 
                                   described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                                   NOTES--GENERAL" and "--DEFINITIVE NOTES" 
                                   and "--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION"  herein.  
                                   The Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, 
                                   the Class C Notes and the Subordinated 
                                   Securities will be subordinated to the 
                                   Class A-1 Notes to the extent described 
                                   herein; the Class B Notes, the Class C 
                                   Notes and the Subordinated Securities will 
                                   be subordinated to the Class A-2 Notes to 
                                   the extent described herein, the Class C 
                                   Notes and the Subordinated Securities will 
                                   be subordinated to the Class B Notes to 
                                   the extent described herein; and the 
                                   Subordinated Securities will be 
                                   subordinated to the Class C Notes to the 
                                   extent described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION 
                                   OF THE NOTES --ALLOCATIONS" herein.

The Subordinated Securities . . .                                    On the 
                                   Closing Date, the Trust will also issue    
                                      %Class D Receivables-Backed Notes (the 
                                   "SUBORDINATED NOTES" ) with an aggregate 
                                   principal balance of $           (the 
                                   "INITIAL CLASS D NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE"), 
                                   as well as Class E Certificates (the 
                                   "CERTIFICATES", and, together with the 
                                   Subordinated Notes, the "SUBORDINATED 
                                   SECURITIES") with an initial certificate 
                                   balance of $         ; the Certificates 
                                   will not bear interest.  The rights of the 
                                   holders of the Subordinated Securities to 
                                   receive distributions will be subordinated 
                                   to the rights of the Noteholders to 
                                   receive distributions with respect to the 
                                   Notes to the extent described herein.    
                                   See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES - 
                                   ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
A. Class D Notes . . . . . . . . . The Initial Class D Note Principal Balance 
                                   is equal to approximately       % of the 
                                   initial Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance
                                   and will be issued pursuant to the 
                                   Indenture. The Subordinated Notes are not
                                   being offered and sold hereby and are
                                   expected to be sold concurrently with the
                                   Notes in a private placement.

B.   Certificates. . . . . . . . . The Certificates will represent fractional
                                   undivided beneficial equity interests in 
                                   the Trust, including the residual interest in
                                   amounts in the Reserve Fund (after the 
                                   payment of all outstanding interest and 
                                   principal on the Notes and the 
                                   Subordinated Notes), and will be issued 
                                   pursuant to the Trust Agreement. The 
                                   Certificates are not being offered and 
                                   sold hereby.  The Trust Depositor is 
                                   expected initially to retain the 
                                   Certificates, although the Certificates 
                                   could be subsequently conveyed in a 
                                   separate transaction subject to certain 
                                   restrictions to ensure the Trust is not 
                                   treated as a taxable entity for federal 
                                   income tax purposes. 

The Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . The Trust will be a business trust 
                                   established under the laws of the State of 
                                   Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement. 
                                   The activities of the Trust are limited by 
                                   the terms of the Trust Agreement to 
                                   acquiring, owning and managing the 
                                   Contracts and related assets, issuing and 
                                   making payments on the Notes and the 
                                   Subordinated Securities and other 
                                   activities related thereto.  

Trust Assets . . . . . . . . . . . The property of the Trust (the "TRUST 
                                   ASSETS") will include (i) the Contracts 
                                   transferred to the Trust on the Closing 
                                   Date with an Aggregate Discounted Contract 
                                   Balance of $              as of the Cutoff 
                                   Date (together with Additional Contracts 
                                   and/or Substitute Contracts that may be 
                                   transferred to the Trust from time to time 
                                   as described herein), (ii) all monies at 
                                   any time paid or payable thereunder or in 
                                   respect thereof from and after the Cutoff 
                                   Date applicable to such Contracts, in the 
                                   form of (A) Scheduled Payments (as defined 
                                   herein) inclusive of such payments 
                                   received through Vendor recourse or 
                                   support arrangements, but excluding the 
                                   Excluded Amounts, (B) Prepayments (as 
                                   defined herein), and (C) Recoveries 
                                   (including any derived from the 
                                   disposition of related Equipment) received 
                                   with respect to Defaulted Contracts (in 
                                   each case as such terms are defined in 
                                   this "SUMMARY OF TERMS"), (iii) the 
                                   related Equipment (or a security interest 
                                   therein), (iv) with respect to Contracts 
                                   which are Vendor Loans, the Applicable 
                                   Security related thereto, (v) such amounts 
                                   as from  time to time may be held in the 
                                   Collection Account or any related account 
                                   or subaccount under the Sale and Servicing 
                                   Agreement or the Indenture, together with 
                                   earnings on funds therein, (vi) the rights 
                                   of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer 
                                   and Sale Agreement, (vii) any amounts 
                                   received with respect to the Guaranteed 
                                   Residuals, (viii) any late charges 
                                   relating to a Contract which were included 
                                   in the Contract's terms as of the Cutoff 
                                   Date ("LATE CHARGES"), (ix) amounts 
                                   available, if any, in the Reserve Fund and 
                                   (x) proceeds of any of the foregoing.

A.     Contracts. . . . . . . . . All of the Contracts to be included in the 
                                   Trust (sometimes referred to herein, 
                                   collectively, as the "CONTRACTS POOL" or 
                                   the "TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS") consist of 
                                   conditional sale agreements (each, a 
                                   "CSA"), promissory notes with related 
                                   security agreements (each, a "SECURED 
                                   NOTE"), operating and finance leases 
                                   (each, a "LEASE"), installment payment 
                                   agreements (each, an "IPA") or other 
                                   similar types of financing agreements 
                                   (each, a "FINANCING AGREEMENT") covering 
                                   Financed Items (which may or may not be 
                                   secured by such Financed Items) or, in the 
                                   case of Vendor Loans, secured by End-User 
                                   Contracts which, in turn, cover Financed 
                                   Items.  

                                   With respect to the Contracts, the Seller 
                                   will make certain representations and 
                                   warranties in the Transfer and Sale 
                                   Agreement, including that: (i) the 
                                   information with respect to the Contracts, 
                                   Secondary Contracts and Equipment securing 
                                   such Contracts is true and correct in all 
                                   material respects; (ii) immediately prior 
                                   to the transfer of each Contract and the 
                                   interest in any related Equipment to the 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
                                   Trust Depositor, such Contract was owned 
                                   by the Seller free and clear of any 
                                   adverse claim other than Permitted Liens; 
                                   (iii) each Contract did not have any 
                                   delinquent payment thereon where such 
                                   payment was delinquent for more than 60 
                                   days and the Contract is not otherwise in 
                                   default; (iv) each Contract is a valid and 
                                   binding payment obligation of the obligor 
                                   and is enforceable in accordance with its 
                                   terms other than for a discharge in the 
                                   bankruptcy of the Obligor; and (v) no 
                                   adverse selection procedure was used in 
                                   selecting the Contracts for transfer (I.E. 
                                   the Contracts sold, assigned and 
                                   transferred to the Trust were not 
                                   intentionally chosen by the Seller to be 
                                   of lesser credit quality or 
                                   characteristics as those Contracts 
                                   retained by the Seller and not conveyed to 
                                   the Trust) .  With respect to Leases, the 
                                   Seller will represent in the Transfer and 
                                   Sale Agreement (i) that such Leases are 
                                   "NET LEASES" and contain "HELL OR HIGH 
                                   WATER" provisions in favor of the Seller, 
                                   which obligates each applicable lessee at 
                                   various levels (each, a "LESSEE") to make 
                                   all payments scheduled under its Lease, 
                                   without setoff (to the extent a Lease is 
                                   not a "NET LEASE" which contains a "HELL 
                                   OR HIGH WATER" provision, in which such
                                   instance, such Lease will receive the 
                                   benefit of a Vendor Guarantee 
                                   (See "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY - PROGRAM  
                                   AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS")), or (ii) with 
                                   respect to certain Leases with Lessees that
                                   are governmental entities or municipalities,
                                   if such Lease is cancelled in accordance 
                                   with its terms, either (x) the Vendor (as 
                                   defined in this "SUMMARY OF TERMS") which 
                                   assigned such Lease to the Seller is 
                                   unconditionally obligated to repurchase 
                                   such Lease from the Seller for a  purchase 
                                   price not less than the Discounted 
                                   Contract Balance of such Lease (as of the 
                                   date of purchase) plus interest thereon at 
                                   the Discount Rate through the Distribution 
                                   Date following such date of repurchase or 
                                   (y) pursuant to the Transfer and Sale 
                                   Agreement, the Seller has indemnified the 
                                   Trust Depositor (and any assignee thereof) 
                                   against such cancellation in an amount 
                                   equal to the Discounted Contract Balance 
                                   of such Lease (as of the date of purchase) 
                                   plus interest thereon at the Discount Rate 
                                   through the Distribution Date following 
                                   such cancellation less any amounts paid by 
                                   the Vendor pursuant to clause (x). See 
                                   "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY" and "THE 
                                   TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE AND 
                                   SERVICING AGREEMENT
                                   GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" 
                                   herein.

                                   The Transferred Contracts have been 
                                   selected by the Seller from its portfolio 
                                   of CSAs, Secured Notes, Leases, IPAs, 
                                   Financing Agreements and Vendor Loans, 
                                   have the characteristics specified in the 
                                   Transfer and Sale Agreement and Sale and 
                                   Servicing Agreement and described herein, 
                                   and (except for Additional Contracts or 
                                   Substitute Contracts as defined in this 
                                   "SUMMARY OF TERMS") will be purchased by 
                                   the Trust Depositor from the Seller on the 
                                   Closing Date pursuant to the Transfer and 
                                   Sale Agreement. See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE 
                                   AGREEMENT AND SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
                                   GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND 
                                   WARRANTIES", "USE OF PROCEEDS"  and "THE 
                                   CONTRACTS POOL" herein.  

                                   As of the Cutoff Date, the Contract Pool 
                                   had the following characteristics (unless 
                                   otherwise noted, percentages are 
                                   calculated by reference to Discounted 
                                   Contract Balances of the related Contracts 
                                   as a percentage of the Aggregate 
                                   Discounted Contract Balance of the 
                                   Contract Pool. The Discounted Contract 
                                   Balances and the Aggregate Discounted 
                                   Contract Balance utilized in clauses (i) 
                                   through (vii) below were calculated 
                                   utilizing the Statistical Discount Rate 
                                   (as defined in this section):

                                     (i)     there were      Contracts in the
                                    Contract Pool;

                                     (ii)    the Aggregate Discounted 
                                   Contract Balance, or ADCB (as defined in
                                   this "SUMMARY OF TERMS") of the Transferred 
                                   Contracts was $        ; 

                                     (iii)   the final scheduled payment
                                   date of the Transferred Contract with
                                   the latest maturity or expiration as 
                                   of the Cutoff Date was          , 200 ;

                                     (iv)    the average Discounted Contract
                                   Balance was approximately $    ;

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                     (v)  all of the Contracts had (A) 
                                   original terms to maturity of not less 
                                   than     months and not more than      
                                   months, with a weighted average original 
                                   term to maturity of approximately    
                                   months,  and (B) a remaining term to 
                                   maturity of not less than     months and 
                                   not more than     months, with a weighted 
                                   average remaining term to maturity of 
                                   approximately       months;

                                     (vi)     of such Contracts, approximately
                                   % were Vendor Loans; and

                                     (vii)     the  Obligors (as defined in 
                                   this "SUMMARY OF TERMS")  on  
                                   approximately      %  of  the Contracts 
                                   were  located in  the state of             
                                     ;  approximately     % were located in   
                                             ; approximately    % were 
                                   located in              ; approximately    
                                     % were located in             ; and in no 
                                   other   state  represented  more  than     
                                   %  of  the Contracts.

                                   See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND 
                                   THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
                                   GENERALLY--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS" herein.

                                   For the twelve-month periods ended      and
                                   ending              , the Seller has
                                   recognized (i) delinquencies of   % and   %,
                                   respectively with respect to its portfolio
                                   and (ii) losses of   % and   % with respect
                                   to its portfolio.  See "THE CONTRACTS 
                                   POOL -- DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS 
                                   INFORMATION".

                                   The Statistical Discount Rate is equal to  
                                           (the "STATISTICAL DISCOUNT RATE"). 
                                   Although the Discounted Contract Balances 
                                   and the Aggregate Discounted Contract 
                                   Balance calculated at the Discount Rate 
                                   will vary somewhat from the Discounted 
                                   Contract Balances and Aggregate Discounted 
                                   Contract Balance calculated at the 
                                   Statistical Discount Rate, such variance 
                                   will not be material.

                                   For further information regarding the 
                                   Transferred Contracts, see "THE CONTRACTS 
                                   POOL" and "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY", as 
                                   well as "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT 
                                   AND SALE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 
                                   GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" 
                                   and "--CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS" herein.

                                   Generally, the Contracts not constituting 
                                   Leases are prepayable by their terms by 
                                   the Obligors thereon; in many (but not 
                                   all) instances, such terms require a 
                                   prepayment penalty.  The Contracts 
                                   constituting Leases generally will be 
                                   non-cancellable by the Obligors.  The 
                                   Seller may, under the terms of the Sale 
                                   and Servicing Agreement, permit or agree 
                                   to the early termination or full 
                                   prepayment of any such Contract included 
                                   in the Contract Pool in certain 
                                   circumstances, and on the terms and 
                                   subject to the conditions more fully 
                                   specified in the Sale and Servicing 
                                   Agreement (any prepayment of a Contract, 
                                   whether pursuant to its terms or in the 
                                   Servicer's discretion being an  "EARLY 
                                   TERMINATION", with the Contract related 
                                   thereto being an "EARLY TERMINATION 
                                   CONTRACT" or "PREPAID CONTRACT").  Such 
                                   circumstances may include, without 
                                   limitation, a full or partial buyout of 
                                   the Equipment which is the subject of the 
                                   Contract, or an equipment upgrade.  

                                   In the event of an Early Termination which 
                                   has been prepaid in full, the Trust 
                                   Depositor will have the option to cause 
                                   the Trust to reinvest the proceeds of such 
                                   Early Termination in one or more Contracts 
                                   having similar characteristics to such 
                                   terminated Contract (each, an "ADDITIONAL 
                                   CONTRACT").  

                                   In addition, the Seller will have the 
                                   option under the Transfer and Sale 
                                   Agreement to cause the Trust Depositor, 
                                   pursuant to the terms of the Sale and 
                                   Servicing Agreement, to substitute into 
                                   the Trust one or more Contracts having 
                                   similar characteristics (each, a 
                                   "SUBSTITUTE CONTRACT") for Defaulted 
                                   Contracts (as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF 
                                   NOTES - DEFAULTED CONTRACTS"), and 
                                   Contracts following a material 
                                   modification to or adjustment of the terms 
                                   of such Contract which modification or 
                                   adjustment would not otherwise be 
                                   permissible under the Sale and Servicing 
                                   Agreement (unless the Contract was to be 
                                   prepaid in full to the Trust and 
                                   refinanced by the Seller with a new, 
                                   modified Contract outside the Trust) 
                                   (each, an "ADJUSTED CONTRACT").  The 
                                   Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance (as 
                                   defined herein) of the Defaulted Contracts 
                                   and Adjusted Contracts for which the 
                                   Seller may cause the substitution of 
                                   Substitute Contracts is limited to an 
                                   amount not in excess of 15% of the 
                                   Aggregate Discounted Contract

                                            -9-

<PAGE>
                                   Balance of the Contracts as of the Cutoff 
                                   Date.  The Seller will also be permitted 
                                   to substitute a Substitute Contract for a 
                                   Contract which the Seller would otherwise 
                                   be required to repurchase due to certain 
                                   representations or warranties relating 
                                   thereto proving to have been incorrect (a 
                                   "WARRANTY CONTRACT"), without regard to 
                                   the 15% limitation described above. For 
                                   the periods reflected in the twelve-month 
                                   period ended                      and 
                                   ending                    ,  the Seller 
                                   has recognized delinquencies of     % and  
                                       %, respectively with respect to its 
                                   portfolio and (ii) losses of     % and     
                                   % with respect to its portfolio.  (See 
                                   "THE CONTRACTS POOL -- DELINQUENCY AND 
                                   LOAN LOSS INFORMATION").  With respect to 
                                   replacing either a Defaulted Contract or 
                                   an Adjusted Contract with a Substitute 
                                   Contract (which substitution is not an 
                                   obligation of the Seller but is in its 
                                   sole and absolute discretion), such 
                                   Substitute Contract must meet the 
                                   Contracts Pool concentration limitation as 
                                   described in "THE TRANSFER AND SALE 
                                   AGREEMENT AND SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
                                   GENERALLY" as well as the other 
                                   substitution requirements described 
                                   herein. See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE 
                                   AGREEMENT AND THE SALE AND SERVICING 
                                   AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND 
                                   WARRANTIES" herein.

                                   The terms of a Contract may be subjected 
                                   to material modifications or adjustments 
                                   for administrative reasons or at the 
                                   request of the Obligor or related Vendor 
                                   for such Contract due to a variety of 
                                   circumstances. Such material modifications 
                                   may result in adjustments to the Contract 
                                   commencement date, the stated periodic 
                                   payment date for payments due, the amount 
                                   of the periodic payment or the equipment 
                                   subject to the Contract.  With respect to 
                                   a Contract which has been materially 
                                   modified or adjusted, such Contract will 
                                   either be prepaid by the Obligor or shall 
                                   be substituted for by the Seller 
                                   consistent with the conditions described 
                                   in the preceding paragraph.  There may 
                                   also occasionally be non-material 
                                   adjustments or modifications in Contract 
                                   terms which may be effected by the 
                                   Servicer on behalf of the Trust without 
                                   Noteholder consent and without affecting 
                                   the Contract's status as part of the Trust.

                                   Additional Contracts and Substitute 
                                   Contracts will be originated and added to 
                                   the Trust using the same credit criteria 
                                   and eligibility standards as the Contracts 
                                   in the Contracts Pool on the Closing Date. 
                                   Information with respect to such 
                                   Additional Contracts or Substitute 
                                   Contracts, to the extent deemed material, 
                                   will be included in periodic reports 
                                   under the Exchange Act filed by the 
                                   Servicer with the Commission on behalf 
                                   of the Trust as are required under 
                                   the Exchange Act. 

                                   In no event will the aggregate scheduled 
                                   payments of the Contracts, after the 
                                   inclusion in the Trust of the Substitute 
                                   Contracts and reinvestment in Additional 
                                   Contracts, be materially less than the 
                                   aggregate scheduled payments of the 
                                   Contracts prior to such substitution or 
                                   reinvestment. In addition, either the 
                                   final payment on such Substitute Contract 
                                   or Additional Contract will be on or prior 
                                   to       , or, to the extent the final 
                                   payment on such Contract is due after      
                                     , only scheduled payments due on or 
                                   prior to such date may be included in the 
                                   Discounted Contract Balance of such 
                                   Contract for purpose of making any 
                                   calculation under the Indenture or the 
                                   Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                   The Servicer is not authorized to permit 
                                   an Early Termination, without the addition 
                                   to the Trust of a related Additional 
                                   Contract, unless the amount to be prepaid 
                                   (whether by the related Obligor, or 
                                   through a combination of payments from the 
                                   related Obligor and from the 
                                   Seller/Servicer) on such terminated 
                                   Contract is equal at least to the then 
                                   Discounted Contract Balance of the 
                                   Contract, plus any delinquent payments 
                                   (inclusive of interest) thereon. 

                                   The Seller defines Contract delinquency as 
                                   a payment which is not made consistent 
                                   with the Contract terms and a Defaulted 
                                   Contract as a Contract for which a full 
                                   contractual payment has not been received 
                                   from the Obligor (or the Vendor if Vendor 
                                   recourse is applicable) for 120 days or 
                                   such shorter period as

                               -10-
<PAGE>

                                   the Seller may determine consistent with 
                                   its collection policy.  (See "NEWCOURT 
                                   CREDIT GROUP INC. AND NEWCOURT FINANCIAL 
                                   USA INC. --CONTRACT COLLECTIONS.") 

B. Equipment and Other. . . . . .  All of the Seller's right, title and interest
   Financed Items                  (which may be limited to a security interest)
                                   in the Equipment, if any, subject to each 
                                   Lease and the security interest of the 
                                   Seller in the Equipment, if any, subject 
                                   to each CSA, Secured Note, IPA, Financing 
                                   Agreement and Vendor Obligation included 
                                   in the Contract Pool will be transferred 
                                   to the Trust.  Equipment will include, but 
                                   shall not be limited to, a wide variety of 
                                   new and used information technology 
                                   equipment (such as mainframe and mini 
                                   computers, computer work stations, 
                                   personal computers, data storage devices 
                                   and other computer related peripheral 
                                   equipment), communications equipment (such 
                                   as telephone switching and networking 
                                   systems), commercial business and 
                                   industrial equipment (such as printing 
                                   presses, machine tools and other 
                                   manufacturing equipment,  photocopiers, 
                                   facsimile machines and other office 
                                   equipment, energy savings and control 
                                   equipment, automotive diagnostic and 
                                   automated testing equipment), medical 
                                   equipment (such as diagnostic and 
                                   therapeutic examination equipment for 
                                   radiology, nuclear medicine and ultrasound 
                                   and laboratory analysis equipment), 
                                   resources equipment (such as 
                                   feller-bunchers and grapplers), and 
                                   transportation and construction equipment 
                                   (such as heavy and medium duty trucks and 
                                   highway trailers, school buses, 
                                   bulldozers, loaders, graters, excavators, 
                                   forklifts and other materials handling 
                                   equipment, golf carts and other road and 
                                   off-road machinery). See "THE CONTRACTS 
                                   GENERALLY--EQUIPMENT" and "THE CONTRACTS 
                                   POOL" herein.  In the event the party 
                                   obligated to make payments under any 
                                   Contract (as to a Contract, the "OBLIGOR") 
                                   defaults in such payments, the Servicer 
                                   will follow its customary and usual 
                                   collection procedures, which may include 
                                   the repossession and sale of any related 
                                   Equipment on behalf of the Trust.  Any 
                                   Recoveries (as defined herein) from such 
                                   sale shall constitute Available Amounts 
                                   (as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                                   NOTES-ALLOCATIONS")  "THE CONTRACTS 
                                   GENERALLY--EQUIPMENT", and "DESCRIPTION OF 
                                   THE NOTES--DEFAULTED CONTRACTS" herein.

                                   Certain End-User Contracts cover Financed 
                                   Items other than Equipment, including 
                                   computer software ("SOFTWARE") and related 
                                   support and consulting services 
                                   (collectively, "SERVICES") and will 
                                   represent approximately     % of the ADCB 
                                   of the Contracts Pool on the Closing Date. 
                                    The Trust will not have title to or a 
                                   security interest in such Software 
                                   licensed under or securing a Contract or 
                                   the proceeds thereof nor will it own such 
                                   Services, and may not be able to realize 
                                   any value therefrom under a related 
                                   Contract upon a default by the Obligor.  
                                   See "THE  CONTRACTS GENERALLY--SOFTWARE 
                                   AND SERVICES" herein.

C. Collection Account. . . . . .   A trust account will be established by the
                                   Servicer in the name of and maintained by 
                                   the Indenture Trustee (the "COLLECTION 
                                   ACCOUNT") into which all amounts that will 
                                   be collected for the Trust will be 
                                   deposited in accordance with the Indenture 
                                   and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  See 
                                   "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--COLLECTION 
                                   ACCOUNT" herein.

D. Vendor Agreements . . . . . . . Each of the Seller's Vendor finance 
                                   program agreements (each, a "PROGRAM 
                                   AGREEMENT") are agreements with equipment 
                                   manufacturers, dealers and distributors or 
                                   computer software licensors or 
                                   distributors as well as finance companies 
                                   which extend credit to such parties 
                                   ("VENDORS") which, in each case, provide 
                                   the Seller with the opportunity to finance 
                                   transactions relating to the acquisition 
                                   or use by an End-User of a Vendor's 
                                   Equipment, Software, Services or other 
                                   products.  Some of these Program 
                                   Agreements take the form of a referral 
                                   relationship, which may or may not include 
                                   credit support from the Vendor.  All 
                                   rights (but not obligations) of the Seller 
                                   under the Program Agreements with respect 
                                   to the Contracts are generally assignable 
                                   and will be so assigned by the Seller to 
                                   the Trust Depositor and in turn conveyed 
                                   by the Trust Depositor to the Trust.  Such 
                                   rights may include various forms of 
                                   support to the Seller under such Program 
                                   Agreements including representations and  
                                   
                                -11-
<PAGE>
                                   warranties by the Vendor in respect of the 
                                   End-User Contracts assigned by the Vendor 
                                   to the Seller and related Equipment, 
                                   Software or Services, credit support with 
                                   respect to defaults by End-Users and 
                                   equipment repurchase and remarketing 
                                   arrangements upon early termination of 
                                   End-User Contracts upon a default by the 
                                   End-User.  See "THE CONTRACTS 
                                   GENERALLY--VENDOR AGREEMENTS" herein.

                                   In addition to the foregoing, the Seller 
                                   may enter into assignment agreements (each 
                                   a "VENDOR ASSIGNMENT"; collectively, with 
                                   the Program Agreements, "VENDOR 
                                   AGREEMENTS") from time to time with 
                                   Vendors pursuant to which individual 
                                   End-User Contracts originated by Vendors 
                                   are assigned to the Seller, rather than 
                                   pursuant to a Program Agreement.  Each 
                                   Vendor Assignment will be made either with 
                                   or without recourse against the Vendor for 
                                   End-User defaults and will generally 
                                   contain many, if not all, of the 
                                   representations, warranties and covenants 
                                   typically contained in Program Agreements, 
                                   as well as a Vendor repurchase requirement 
                                   in the event of a breach by the Vendor of 
                                   such representations, warranties or 
                                   covenants.  Vendor Assignments may or may 
                                   not provide for any Vendor remarketing 
                                   support in the event of an End-User 
                                   default.

E.  Reserve Fund . . . . . . . . . A trust account has been established by 
                                   the Trust Depositor in the name of, and 
                                   maintained by, the Indenture Trustee (the 
                                   "RESERVE FUND").  On the Closing Date the 
                                   Trust Depositor will deposit               
                                   in the Reserve Fund which is equal to 
                                   1.50% of the ADCB of the Contracts Pool as 
                                   of the Cutoff Date. The Reserve Fund will 
                                   be required to be maintained at the lesser 
                                   of (i) 1.50% of the ADCB of the Contracts 
                                   as of the Cutoff Date and (ii) the 
                                   outstanding Principal Amounts of the Notes 
                                   and the Subordinated Notes (the "RESERVE 
                                   FUND AMOUNT"). On each Distribution Date, 
                                   amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund 
                                   will be applied as described under 
                                   "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" 
                                   and "--RESERVE FUND." Amounts on deposit
                                   in the Reserve Fund in excess of the 
                                   Reserve Fund Amount will be paid to the
                                   Certificateholder.

Terms of the Notes . . . . . . . . The principal terms of the Notes will be as 
                                   described below:

A. Interest . . . . . . . . . .  . The Class A-1 Notes will bear interest at the
                                   rate of     % per annum (the "CLASS A-1 
                                   INTEREST RATE"), the Class A-2 Notes will 
                                   bear interest at the rate of     % per 
                                   annum (the "CLASS A-2 INTEREST RATE"), the 
                                   Class B Notes will bear interest at the 
                                   rate of    % per annum (the "CLASS B 
                                   INTEREST RATE") and the Class C Notes will 
                                   bear interest at the rate of      % per 
                                   annum (the "CLASS C INTEREST RATE") and 
                                   the Subordinated Notes will bear interest 
                                   at the rate of     % per annum (the 
                                   "SUBORDINATED NOTE INTEREST RATE" or 
                                   "CLASS D INTEREST RATE").  Interest with 
                                   respect to the Class A-1 Notes will be 
                                   calculated on the basis of actual days 
                                   elapsed over a year of 360 days; interest 
                                   with respect to all other Notes will be 
                                   calculated on the basis of a year of 360 
                                   days consisting of twelve 30 day months. 

                                   Interest on the outstanding principal 
                                   amount of the Notes will accrue from and 
                                   including the most recent Distribution 
                                   Date on which interest has been paid (or, 
                                   in the case of the initial Distribution 
                                   Date, from and including the Closing Date) 
                                   to but excluding the following 
                                   Distribution Date (each period for which 
                                   interest accrues on the Notes, an "ACCRUAL 
                                   PERIOD").   Interest on the Notes will be 
                                   payable on each Distribution Date, 
                                   commencing        , 199  , to the holders 
                                   of record of the Class A-1 Notes (the 
                                   "CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDERS"), the holders of 
                                   record of the Class A-2 Notes (the "CLASS 
                                   A-2 NOTEHOLDERS") the holders of record of 
                                   the Class B Notes (the "CLASS B 
                                   NOTEHOLDERS") and the holders of record of 
                                   the Class C Notes (the "CLASS C 
                                   NOTEHOLDERS"; together with the Class A-1 
                                   Noteholders, the Class A-2 Noteholders and 
                                   Class B Noteholders, the "NOTEHOLDERS") as 
                                   of the related Record Date.  See 
                                   "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--GENERAL" and 
                                   "THE INDENTURE--PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND 
                                   INTEREST" herein.

                                  -12-
<PAGE>
                                   Interest on the Class A-1 Notes is
                                   payable on a Distribution Date from 
                                   Available Amounts available on such date 
                                   (after application of such Available 
                                   Amounts  to repay any outstanding Servicer 
                                   Advances as defined herein, and  to pay 
                                   the Servicing Fee, each as defined in this 
                                   "SUMMARY OF TERMS").  Such Available 
                                   Amounts represent primarily collections of 
                                   payments due under the Contracts 
                                   (including realization of amounts from 
                                   Vendor recourse, if applicable and any 
                                   amounts realized from Guaranteed 
                                   Residuals), Late Charges, certain amounts 
                                   received upon the prepayment or purchase 
                                   of Contracts or liquidation of the 
                                   Contracts and disposition of the related 
                                   Equipment upon defaults thereunder, and 
                                   proceeds of Servicer Advances (as defined 
                                   herein), if any, amounts available in the 
                                   Reserve Fund, if any as well as earnings 
                                   on amounts held in the Collection Account. 
                                   Interest on the Class A-2 Notes is 
                                   payable on a Distribution Date from the 
                                   Available Amounts available on such date, 
                                   (after application of such Available Amounts
                                   to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, 
                                   to pay the Servicing Fee and to pay 
                                   interest on the Class A-1 Notes); PROVIDED, 
                                   HOWEVER, in the event a Restricting Event 
                                   has occurred and is continuing or an Event 
                                   of Default has occurred, interest on the 
                                   Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes 
                                   (to the extent Available Amounts are 
                                   insufficient to pay the entire amount of 
                                   accrued interest on both the Class A-1 
                                   Notes and the Class A-2 Notes) will be 
                                   paid from Available Amounts pro rata based 
                                   on the then outstanding Principal Amounts 
                                   of such Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 
                                   Notes. Interest on the Class B Notes is 
                                   payable on a Distribution Date from the 
                                   Available Amounts available on such date, 
                                   (after application of such Available Amounts
                                   to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, 
                                   to pay the Servicing Fee, and to pay 
                                   interest on the Class A-1 Notes and Class 
                                   A-2 Notes).  Interest on the Class C Notes 
                                   is payable on a Distribution Date from 
                                   Available Amounts available on such date, 
                                   (after application of such Available Amounts
                                   to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, 
                                   to pay the Servicing Fee, and to pay 
                                   interest on the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 
                                   Notes and the Class B Notes).  Interest on 
                                   the Subordinated Notes is payable on a 
                                   Distribution Date from Available Amounts 
                                   available on such date, (after application of
                                   such Available Amounts to repay any 
                                   outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the 
                                   Servicing Fee, and to pay interest on the 
                                   Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B 
                                   Notes and the Class C Notes).  See 
                                   "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" 
                                   herein.

B. Principal

   General . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be
                                   payable on each Distribution Date in an 
                                   amount equal  to the Class A-1 Principal
                                   Payment Amount (as defined in "DESCRIPTION
                                   OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date,
                                   to the extent Available Amounts are available
                                   therefor, but after payment of unpaid 
                                   Servicer Advances, the Servicing Fee, 
                                   interest payments on the Notes and 
                                   the Subordinated Notes.

                                   Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be 
                                   payable on each Distribution Date in an 
                                   amount equal to the Class A-2 Principal
                                   Payment Amount (as defined in "DESCRIPTION
                                   OF THE NOTES") for such Distribution Date,
                                   to the extent Available Amounts are available
                                   therefor, but after payment of unpaid 
                                   Servicer Advances, the Servicing Fee, 
                                   interest payments on the Notes and 
                                   Subordinated Notes and the Class A-1 
                                   Principal Payment Amount.

                                   Principal of the Class B Notes will be 
                                   payable on each Distribution Date in an 
                                   amount equal to the lesser of the Class B 
                                   Principal Payment Amount (as defined in 
                                   "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES") for such 
                                   Distribution Date, and the then 
                                   outstanding principal amount of the Class 
                                   B Notes, to the extent Available Amounts 
                                   are available therefor, but after payment 
                                   of unpaid Servicer Advances, the Servicing 
                                   Fee, interest payments on the Notes and 
                                   the Subordinated Notes, and the payment of 
                                   the Class A-1 and A-2 Principal Payment 
                                   Amount.  

                                  -13-
<PAGE>
                                   Principal of the Class C Notes will be 
                                   payable on each Distribution Date in an 
                                   amount equal to the Class C Principal 
                                   Payment Amount (as defined herein) for 
                                   such Distribution Date, to the extent 
                                   Available Amounts are available therefor,
                                   but after payment of unpaid Servicer 
                                   Advances, the Servicing Fee, interest 
                                   payments on the Notes and the Subordinated
                                   Notes, and the payment of the Class A-1 and
                                   A-2 Principal Payment Amount and Class B 
                                   Principal Payment Amount. See "DESCRIPTION
                                   OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                                   Principal of the Subordinated Notes will 
                                   be payable on each Distribution Date in an
                                   amount equal to the Class D Principal
                                   Payment Amount (as defined in the
                                   "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES") for such
                                   Distribution Date, to the extent Available
                                   Amounts are available therefor, but after
                                   payment of unpaid Servicer Advances, the
                                   Servicing Fee, interest payments on the 
                                   Notes and the Subordinated Notes, and the
                                   payment of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 
                                   Principal Payment Amount, the Class B
                                   Principal Payment Amount and the Class C 
                                   Principal Payment Amount.  See "DESCRIPTION
                                   OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                                   The Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, 
                                   the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, 
                                   Class B Principal Payment Amount and Class 
                                   C Principal Payment Amount represent, in 
                                   each case, a calculation of the amount to 
                                   be payable from otherwise Available 
                                   Amounts on a Distribution Date in respect 
                                   of principal on the Class A-1 Notes, the 
                                   Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes or Class C 
                                   Notes, as applicable.  Such amount 
                                   generally is calculated, for the 
                                   Subordinated Notes and each Class of 
                                   Notes other than the Class A-1 Notes, as a
                                   fractional percentage of the amount that 
                                   the ADCB of the Contract Pool has declined
                                   or been deemed to decline (whether 
                                   through payment, prepayment, default and 
                                   writeoff, determination of ineligibility or
                                   other mechanism as described further herein)
                                   during the most recent Collection Period 
                                   (I.E., full calendar month), with the 
                                   fractional percentage for each Class 
                                   determined based on the proportion that 
                                   the Initial Principal Balance of such 
                                   Class bore to Initial Principal Balance of 
                                   all Classes of Notes (excluding the Class 
                                   A-1 Notes) and the Subordinated Notes as 
                                   of the Cutoff Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the 
                                   Class A-1 Notes will receive 100% of 
                                   Available Amounts with respect to their 
                                   principal prior to the payment of any 
                                   principal on the Class A-2 Notes, Class B 
                                   Notes, Class C Notes and Subordinated 
                                   Notes. Assuming payment in full of the 
                                   Class A-1 Notes, (as of the Cutoff Date) 
                                   such percentages are      % for the Class 
                                   A-2 Notes,        % for the Class B Notes, 
                                        % for the Class C Notes, and    % for 
                                   Subordinated Notes.  Accordingly, if 
                                   sufficient Available Amounts exist, a 
                                   proportionate amount of principal would be 
                                   repaid on any given Distribution Date on 
                                   each of the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B 
                                   Notes and the Class C Notes (as well as 
                                   the Subordinated Notes); after payment of 
                                   the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount.   
                                   Upon the occurrence of an Event of 
                                   Default, or upon the occurrence and during 
                                   the continuance of a Restricting Event 
                                   (each as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                                   NOTES"), however, the formula for 
                                   determining such principal payment amount, 
                                   after payment in full of the Class A-1 
                                   Notes, will change with the result that, 
                                   for any Distribution Date occurring after 
                                   such adverse event, principal on the Class 
                                   A-2 Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes 
                                   (and also the Subordinated Notes) will be 
                                   accelerated and paid sequentially, I.E., 
                                   no principal will be paid on the Class B 
                                   Notes, Class C Notes or the Subordinated 
                                   Notes, until the Class A-2 Notes have been 
                                   repaid in full; no principal will be paid 
                                   on the Class C Notes or the Subordinated 
                                   Notes, until the Class B Notes have been 
                                   repaid in full; and no principal will be 
                                   paid on the Subordinated Notes until the 
                                   Class C Notes have been repaid in full. 
                                   See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                                   NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

Stated Maturity Date . . . . . . . The stated maturity date of the Class A-1
                                   Notes (the "CLASS A-1 NOTES MATURITY 
                                   DATE") is the ________________ 
                                   Distribution Date and the stated maturity 
                                   date (the "MATURITY DATE") for the other 
                                   Notes and the Subordinated Securities is   
                                              , 200 .

Expected Amortization . . . . . .  The expected amortization schedule for the
Schedule                           Notes is set forth herein under "DESCRIPTION
                                   OF THE NOTES--PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL". 
                                   Although the Maturity Date for the Notes 
                                   is ______________, the expected final 
                                   payment date for the Notes is ____________.

C. Optional Redemption . . . . . . Notes remaining outstanding may be redeemed
                                   in whole, but not in part, on any 
                                   Distribution Date at the Trust Depositor's 
                                   option if the ADCB (as defined herein) of 
                                   the Contract Pool at such time is less 
                                   than 10% of the initial ADCB of the 

                                -14-
<PAGE>
                                   Contract Pool as of the Cutoff Date (the 
                                   "CLEANUP CALL CONDITION").  The redemption 
                                   price for such outstanding Notes to be 
                                   redeemed in such event (the "REDEMPTION 
                                   PRICE") will be equal to the unpaid 
                                   principal amount of the Notes plus accrued 
                                   and unpaid interest thereon through the 
                                   date of redemption.  The Trust Depositor 
                                   will fund such redemption through 
                                   concurrent receipt of a payment from the 
                                   Seller pursuant to the Seller's right 
                                   under the Transfer and Sale Agreement to 
                                   repurchase from the Trust Depositor for 
                                   the Redemption Price, and concurrently 
                                   cause the Trust Depositor to redeem and 
                                   repurchase from the Trust, the remaining 
                                   Contracts held in the Trust when the 
                                   Cleanup Call Condition has been satisfied.

Aggregate Discounted . . . . . . . The "AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE"
Contract Balance                   or "ADCB" with respect to the Contracts means
                                   the sum of the Discounted Contract 
                                   Balances of each Contract included in the 
                                   group of Contracts for which an ADCB  
                                   determination is being made.

                                   "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" means with 
                                   respect to any Contract, (A) as of the 
                                   related Cutoff Date, the present value of 
                                   all of the remaining Scheduled Payments 
                                   becoming due under such Contract after the 
                                   applicable Cutoff Date discounted monthly 
                                   at the Discount Rate, and (B) as of any 
                                   other date of determination, the sum of 
                                   (1) the present value of all of the 
                                   remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due 
                                   under such Contract on or after such date 
                                   of determination discounted monthly at the 
                                   Discount Rate, and (2) the aggregate 
                                   amount of all Scheduled Payments due and 
                                   payable under such Contract after the 
                                   applicable Cutoff Date and prior to such 
                                   date of determination (other than 
                                   Scheduled Payments related to Defaulted 
                                   Contracts and Early Termination Contracts) 
                                   that have not then been received by the 
                                   Servicer.

                                   The Discounted Contract Balance for each 
                                   Contract shall be calculated  assuming:

                                        (a)  All payments due in any 
                                             Collection Period are due on the 
                                             last day of the Collection 
                                             Period;

                                        (b)  Payments are discounted on a 
                                             monthly basis using a 30 day 
                                             month and a 360 day year; and

                                        (c)  All security deposits and 
                                             drawings under letters of 
                                             credit, if any, issued in 
                                             support of a Contract are 
                                             applied to reduce Scheduled 
                                             Payments in inverse order of the 
                                             due date thereof.

                                   "DISCOUNT RATE" means, at any date of 
                                   determination, ___% which is equal to the 
                                   sum of (i) the weighted average of the 
                                   Class A-2 Interest Rate (weighted at the 
                                   sum of the Initial Class A-1 Note 
                                   Principal Balance and the Initial Class 
                                   A-2 Note Principal Balance), Class B 
                                   Interest Rate, Class C Interest Rate and 
                                   the Subordinated Note Interest Rate, and 
                                   (ii) the Servicing Fee Percentage.  The 
                                   Statistical Discount Rate is equal to   %.
                                   See "THE CONTRACTS POOL".

                                   "SCHEDULED PAYMENTS" means, with respect 
                                   to any Contract, the monthly quarterly, 
                                   semi-annual or annual rent or financing 
                                   (whether principal or principal and 
                                   interest) payment scheduled to be made by 
                                   the related Obligor under the terms of 
                                   such Contract after the related Cutoff 
                                   Date (it being understood that Scheduled 
                                   Payments do not include any Excluded 
                                   Amounts as defined herein).

Subordination. . . . . . . . . . . The Class A-1 Notes will be senior in right
                                   of payment to the Class A-2 Notes (except 
                                   as to interest in certain circumstances; 
                                   see --"TERMS OF THE NOTES A. INTEREST" 
                                   above), Class B Notes, Class C Notes and 
                                   the Subordinated Securities; the Class A-2 
                                   Notes will be senior in right of payment 
                                   to the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes 
                                   and the Subordinated Securities.  The 
                                   Class B Notes will be

                                  -15-
<PAGE>
                                   senior in right of payment to the Class C 
                                   Notes and the Subordinated Securities; and 
                                   the Class C Notes will be senior in right 
                                   of payment to the Subordinated Securities; 
                                   in each case to the extent described 
                                   herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
                                   NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" and "THE 
                                   INDENTURE--PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND 
                                   INTEREST" herein.

Servicing; Servicing Fee; . . . .  The Servicer will be responsible for
Servicer Advances                  servicing, managing and administering the
                                   Transferred Contracts and related 
                                   interests, and enforcing and receiving 
                                   collections on the Contracts.  The 
                                   Servicer will be required to exercise the 
                                   degree of skill and care in performing 
                                   these functions that it customarily 
                                   exercises with respect to similar property 
                                   owned or serviced by the Servicer in its 
                                   individual capacity.   The Seller has in 
                                   some cases delegated servicing and 
                                   collection functions to an applicable 
                                   Vendor (or, in certain limited instances, 
                                   to a subservicer acceptable to the Seller) 
                                   with respect to End-User Contracts 
                                   originated through such Vendor, but in 
                                   such instances the Servicer (on behalf of 
                                   the Trust, in the Trust's capacity as 
                                   assignee of the Seller through the Trust 
                                   Depositor) retains ultimate contractual 
                                   control and responsibility over the 
                                   servicing and collection functions through 
                                   provisions in the applicable Vendor 
                                   Agreements (or agreement with such 
                                   subservicer) giving the Seller (and hence 
                                   the Servicer, on behalf of the Trust as 
                                   assignee) the right to determine or veto 
                                   certain servicing decisions and/or to 
                                   replace or take over servicing and 
                                   collection functions from the Vendor in 
                                   the event of the Vendor's default or 
                                   non-compliance with its servicing or other 
                                   obligations.

                                   The Servicer will be entitled to receive 
                                   (a) a monthly fee (the "SERVICING FEE") 
                                   equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth of 
                                   .60% (the "SERVICING FEE RATE") and (ii) 
                                   the Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance 
                                   of all Contracts as of the beginning of 
                                   the immediately preceding Collection 
                                   Period, payable out of (a) the Collection 
                                   Account and (b) certain other fees paid by 
                                   the Contract Obligors ("SERVICING 
                                   CHARGES"), as compensation for acting as 
                                   Servicer.

                                   Under certain limited circumstances, the 
                                   Servicer may resign or be removed, in 
                                   which event either the Indenture Trustee 
                                   or a third party meeting the requirements 
                                   set forth in the Sale and Servicing 
                                   Agreement will be appointed as successor 
                                   Servicer.  See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE 
                                   AGREEMENT AND THE SALE AND SERVICING 
                                   AGREEMENT GENERALLY--CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS 
                                   REGARDING THE SERVICER" and "--SERVICER 
                                   DEFAULT" herein.

                                   The Servicer will be required to cause 
                                   amounts collected on the Contracts on 
                                   behalf of the Trust to be deposited to the 
                                   Collection Account  maintained by the 
                                   Indenture Trustee no later than two 
                                   Business Days following the Servicer's 
                                   determination that such amounts relate to 
                                   the Contracts or the Financed Items.  The 
                                   Servicer may also, at its option, make 
                                   advances (each, a "SERVICER ADVANCE") for 
                                   delinquent Scheduled Payments, to the 
                                   extent it determines in its sole 
                                   discretion that such advances will be 
                                   recoverable in future periods.  Such 
                                   Servicer Advances are reimbursable from 
                                   Available Amounts as described herein.  
                                   See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND 
                                   THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
                                   GENERALLY--COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING 
                                   PROCEDURES" herein.

Repurchase for Certain. . . . . .  The Trust Depositor under the Sale and
Breaches Of Representations        Servicing Agreement and the Seller under the
And Warranties                     Transfer and Sale Agreement will be obligated
                                   to accept the reconveyance of a Contract 
                                   and the interest in the related Equipment 
                                   from the Indenture Trustee and the Trust, 
                                   and to deposit the corresponding Transfer 
                                   Deposit Amount (as defined in "THE 
                                   TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND SALE AND 
                                   SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY"), if the 
                                   interest of the Trust in any of the 
                                   related Equipment, the related Contract, 
                                   or the related Contract File (as defined 
                                   in the "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT 
                                   AND SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
                                   GENERALLY") is materially adversely 
                                   affected by a breach of a representation 
                                   or warranty made by such party with 
                                   respect to such Contract and if such 
                                   breach has not been cured within thirty 
                                   (30) days of discovery of such breach.  
                                   
                                 -16-
<PAGE>
                                   See also "SUMMARY OF TERMS--PREPAYMENT 
                                   CONSIDERATIONS" below.  In the 
                                   alternative, and at the Trust Depositor's 
                                   and Seller's option, the affected Contract 
                                   may be replaced with a Substitute Contract 
                                   of similar characteristics under the 
                                   standards applicable generally to 
                                   Substitute Contracts as described herein.  

Maturity and Prepayment . . . . . .As noted above, non-Lease Contracts are
Conditions                         generally prepayable by their terms, and the
                                   Servicer will be authorized to accept 
                                   prepayments on Leases in certain 
                                   circumstances.  Each prepayment on a 
                                   Contract, if such Contract is not replaced 
                                   by the Trust's reinvestment in a 
                                   comparable Additional Contract as 
                                   described herein, will shorten the 
                                   weighted average remaining term of the 
                                   Contracts and the weighted average life of 
                                   the Notes.  Such prepayments of principal 
                                   will be included in the Available Amounts 
                                   and will be payable to Noteholders on the 
                                   Distribution Date following the Collection 
                                   Period in which such prepayment was 
                                   received, as set forth herein.  The rate 
                                   of prepayments on the Contracts will also 
                                   be affected under certain circumstances 
                                   relating to breaches of representations, 
                                   warranties or covenants with respect to 
                                   the Contracts, since the  Trust Depositor 
                                   will be obligated to repurchase materially
                                   adversely affected Contracts from the Trust
                                   (to be funded through a corresponding 
                                   obligation of the Seller to repurchase such
                                   Contracts from the Trust Depositor) unless 
                                   the Seller provides a Substitute Contract for
                                   the Contract related to the breached 
                                   representation or warranty. Additionally, 
                                   the rate of payments on the Contracts 
                                   will also be affected by the timing of 
                                   Recoveries on Defaulted Contracts unless 
                                   the Seller, through the Trust Depositor, 
                                   provides a Substitute Contract for the 
                                   Defaulted Contract, which substitution is 
                                   in the sole and absolute discretion of the 
                                   Seller.  A higher than anticipated rate of 
                                   prepayments will reduce the ADCB of the 
                                   Contracts more quickly than expected and 
                                   thereby reduce anticipated aggregate 
                                   interest payments on the Notes.  Any 
                                   reinvestment risks resulting from a faster 
                                   or slower  incidence of prepayment of 
                                   Contracts will be borne entirely by the 
                                   Noteholders and the holders of the 
                                   Subordinated Securities.  Such 
                                   reinvestment risks include the risk that 
                                   interest rates may be lower at the time 
                                   such holders received payments from the 
                                   Trust than interest rates would otherwise 
                                   have been had such prepayments not been 
                                   made or had such prepayments been made at 
                                   a different time.

Legal Risks. . . . . . . . . . . . See "RISK FACTORS" for a discussion of
                                   certain material risks that should be 
                                   considered in connection with an 
                                   investment in the Notes offered hereby, 
                                   including certain legal risks.

Federal Income Tax . . . . . . . . In the opinion of Winston & Strawn, federal
Considerations                     tax counsel to the Trust Depositor, for
                                   federal income tax purposes, the Notes 
                                   will be characterized as debt, and the 
                                   Trust will not be characterized as an 
                                   association (or a publicly traded 
                                   partnership) taxable as a corporation.  
                                   Each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a 
                                   Note, will agree to treat the Notes as 
                                   indebtedness.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME 
                                   TAX CONSIDERATIONS" herein.

ERISA Considerations . . . . . . . Subject to the considerations discussed under
                                   "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" herein, the Notes 
                                   will be eligible for purchase by employee 
                                   benefit plans.   Any benefit plan 
                                   fiduciary considering purchase of the 
                                   Notes should, however, consult with its 
                                   counsel regarding the consequences of such 
                                   purchase under ERISA and the Code.  See 
                                   "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" herein. 

Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                   Notes offered hereunder that the Class A-1 
                                   Notes be rated at least "     " and "     
                                   ", that the Class A-2 Notes be rated at 
                                   least "    " and "     ", that the Class B 
                                   Notes be rated at least "   " and "   ", 
                                   and that the Class C Notes be rated at 
                                   least "   and "  by a nationally 
                                   recognized rating agency and a nationally 
                                   recognized rating agency, respectively 
                                   (collectively, the "RATING AGENCIES").  A 
                                   rating is not a recommendation to 
                                   purchase, hold or sell Notes inasmuch as 
                                   such rating does not comment as to market 
                                   price or suitability for a particular 
                                   investor.  Ratings address the likelihood 
                                   of timely payment of interest and the 
                                   ultimate payment of principal on the Notes

                                -17-
<PAGE>
                                   pursuant to their terms.  Ratings will not 
                                   address the likelihood of an early return 
                                   of invested principal.  There can be no 
                                   assurance that any rating will remain for 
                                   a given period of time or that a rating 
                                   will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely 
                                   if, in the judgment of any Rating Agency, 
                                   circumstances in the future so warrant.  
                                   See "RATING OF THE NOTES" herein.


                                  -18-

<PAGE>
                                     RISK FACTORS

          Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk
factors before investing in the Notes.

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; LIMITED LIQUIDITY

          There is currently no public market for the Notes and there is no
assurance that one will develop.  The Underwriters expect, but are not 
obligated, to make a market in the Notes.  There is no assurance that any 
such market will be created or, if so created, will continue.  If no public 
market develops, the Noteholders may not be able to liquidate their 
investment in the Notes prior to maturity.

PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS AFFECT THE YIELD OF THE NOTES

          Because the rate of payment of principal on the Notes will depend, 
among other things, on the rate of payment on the Contracts, the rate of 
payment of principal on the Notes cannot be assured.  Payments on the 
Contracts will include Scheduled Payments as well as partial and full 
prepayments (including any Scheduled Payment (or portion thereof) which the 
Servicer has received, and expressly permitted the related Obligor to make, 
in advance of its scheduled due date and which will be applied on such due 
date) (any such prepayment of a Scheduled Payment, an "OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT"), 
and any and all cash proceeds or rents realized from the sale, lease, 
re-lease or re-financing of Equipment under a Prepaid Contract (net of 
liquidation expenses), payments upon the liquidation of Defaulted Contracts, 
payments upon repurchases by the Seller through the Trust Depositor as a 
result of the breach of certain representations and warranties or covenants 
in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and 
payments upon an optional termination of the Trust (any such voluntary or 
involuntary prepayment, purchase or termination, a "PREPAYMENT").  The 
occurrence of an Event of Default or a Restricting Event (as defined herein) 
may also result in the receipt by Noteholders of principal payments on the 
Notes on a Distribution Date in excess of the expected  principal payment 
amount for such Distribution Date and result in earlier than anticipated 
repayment of the Notes.  Noteholders may not be able to reinvest 
distributions of principal at yields equivalent to the yield on the Notes.  
SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PRINCIPAL", "--ADDITIONS OF TRUST ASSETS" and 
"--RESTRICTING EVENTS" herein.  Further, the Servicer may permit the Obligor 
under a Contract to make an Optional Prepayment in an amount which is less 
than the amount sufficient to repay the portion of such Contract financed by 
the Noteholders (together with accrued interest thereon) so long as the Trust 
is paid for any such insufficiency by the Vendor or the Seller.  See 
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PREPAID CONTRACTS".

         The rate of early terminations of Contracts due to Prepayments 
(including Prepayments caused by defaults on Contracts) is influenced by 
various factors, including technological change, changes in customer 
requirements, the level of interest rates, the level of casualty losses, and 
the overall economic environment.  Many Prepayments occur at the request of 
customers, whose motivations may not be known to the Seller.  No assurance 
can be given that Prepayments (including Optional Prepayments) on the 
Contracts will conform to any historical experience, and no prediction can be 
made as to the actual rate of Prepayments which will be experienced on the 
Contracts.  Noteholders will bear all reinvestment risk resulting from the 
rate of Prepayments on the Contracts.  See "PREPAYMENT AND YIELD 
CONSIDERATIONS."

NO ASSURANCES GIVEN AS TO CHANGES IN THE RATINGS OF THE NOTES

          A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Notes 
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market price or suitability 
for a particular investor.  Ratings of Notes will address the likelihood of 
timely payment of interest and the ultimate payment of principal on the Notes 
pursuant to their terms.  The ratings of Notes will not address the 
likelihood of an early return of invested principal.  In addition, any such 
rating will not address the possibility of the occurrence of an Event of 
Default or Restricting Event.  There can be no assurance that a rating will 
remain for a given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or 
withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the 
future so warrant.   In the event that the rating initially assigned to any 
Note is subsequently lowered for any reason, no person or entity is obligated 
to provide any additional credit support therefor.  For more detailed 
information regarding the ratings assigned to any Class of the Notes, see 
"RATING OF THE NOTES."

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS A-2 NOTES, CLASS B NOTES, THE CLASS C NOTES AND THE
SUBORDINATED SECURITIES

          To the extent described herein under "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE 
NOTES--ALLOCATIONS", (i) payments of interest and principal on the Class A-2
Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities will be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively on
the Class A-1 Notes, (ii) payments of interest and principal on the Class B
Notes, Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities will be subordinated in
priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively, on the Class A-2
Notes, (iii) payments of interest and principal on the Class C Notes and the
Subordinated Securities, will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest
and principal, respectively, on the

                                  -19-

<PAGE>

Class B Notes and (iv) payments of interest and principal on the Subordinated 
Securities will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest and 
principal, respectively on the Class C Notes.  The Subordinated Notes 
initially will represent the right to receive principal in an amount equal to 
         % of the initial ADCB, but such amount will be reduced as a result 
of principal payments made on the Subordinated Notes prior to an Event of 
Default or Restricting Event (see "DESCRIPTION OF  THE NOTES--PRINCIPAL"), 
which will  reduce the benefit to the Notes of the subordination of the 
Subordinated Notes.

          Delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could eliminate the
protection afforded the Noteholders by the subordination of the Subordinated
Notes and the Reserve Fund, and the Class C Noteholders could incur losses on
their investment as a result.  Further delinquencies and defaults on the
Contracts could eliminate the protection offered to the Class B Noteholders  by
the subordination of the Class C Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the Reserve
Fund, and such Noteholders could also incur losses on their investment as a
result.  Additionally, delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could
eliminate the protection offered the Class A-2 Noteholders by the subordination
of the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the Subordinated Notes and the Reserve
Fund, and such Noteholders could also incur losses on their interest as a
result.  Furthermore, delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could
eliminate the protection offered to the Class A-1 Noteholders by the
subordination of the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes, the
Subordinated Notes and the Reserve Fund and such Noteholders could also incur 
losses on their interest as a result.

CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATIONS OF CONTRACTS

          The Contracts constituting the initial Contract Pool reflect
concentrations of Obligors thereon located in the States of        and        
in excess of     % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of the Cutoff Date.  No
other State accounts for more than 5.00% of the Contract Pool.  To the extent
adverse events or economic conditions were particularly severe in such
geographic region or in the event an Obligor under a large amount of Contracts
within such region were to experience financial difficulties, the delinquency
and default experience of the Contract Pool could be adversely impacted with
corresponding negative implications for the timing and amount of collections on
the Contracts and possible delays or insufficiencies in payments due to
Noteholders.   The Trust Depositor, however, is unable to determine and has no
basis to predict, with respect to any state or region,  whether any such events
have occurred or may occur, or to what extent any such events may affect the
Contracts or the payment of the Notes.

CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONCENTRATION OF CONTRACTS RELATING TO THE
TRANSPORTATION INDUSTRY

Contracts constituting approximately          % of the Contract Pool's ADCB 
as of the Closing Date relate to Equipment used in the transportation 
industry.  No other industry accounts for more than        % of the Contract 
Pool.  To the extent the transportation industry were to experience adverse 
events or economic conditions, the delinquency and default experience of the 
Contract Pool could be adversely impacted and accordingly, the timing and 
amount of collections on the Contracts may be adversely effected and thus 
result in delays or reduced payments to the Noteholders. 

RATE AT WHICH EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE BECOMES OBSOLETE AFFECTS PREPAYMENT RATE OF
THE CONTRACTS AND THE NOTES; REINVESTMENT RISK

          Technological change could affect the Noteholders.  For example, to
the extent that technological change results in increased prepayment activity,
it may increase Prepayments of the Contracts.  Such Prepayments may result in
distributions to Noteholders of amounts which would otherwise have been
distributed over the remaining term of the Contracts and such distributions may
require the Noteholders to reinvest such Prepayments in a less attractive
interest rate environment.  See "--PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS AFFECT THE
YIELD OF THE NOTES" and "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY--EQUIPMENT", "--LEASES" and
"--INSTALLMENT PAYMENT AGREEMENTS AND FINANCING AGREEMENTS".

DECLINES IN MARKET VALUE OF EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE; SHORTFALLS WITH RESPECT TO
AVAILABLE AMOUNTS TO PAY THE NOTES

          In the event a Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, the only source
of payment for amounts expected to be paid on such Contract will be the income
and proceeds from the disposition of any related Equipment and a deficiency
judgment, if any, against the Obligor under the Defaulted Contract.  Since the
market value of the Equipment may decline faster than the Discounted Contract
Balance, the Servicer may not recover the entire amount due on the Contract and
might not receive any Recoveries on the Equipment.  Typically, the Trust will
have no interest in any software and may therefore only have a deficiency claim
against the Obligor. To the extent such deficiencies deplete the Reserve Fund
and the protection afforded by the Subordinated Notes, such deficiencies may
create a shortfall with respect to payments on the Notes.


                                  -20-

<PAGE>

CERTAIN LEGAL RISKS

          LEGAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SERVICER'S OR VENDOR'S RETENTION OF 
CONTRACT FILES.  To facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, the
Contract Files (as defined herein) will be retained in the possession of the
Servicer and not be deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any other agent or
custodian for the benefit of the Noteholders (except for a limited number of
End-User Contracts evidenced by, in addition to a related Financing Agreement,
"INSTRUMENTS" not constituting chattel paper within the meaning of the UCC,
which instruments will be delivered to the custody and possession of the
Indenture Trustee as pledgee of the Trust).  The Servicer will, however,
physically segregate the Contract Files from other similar documents that are in
the Servicer's possession, and will notate on the appropriate electronic records
the transfer of the Contracts to the Trust.  Also, UCC financing statements will
be filed reflecting the sale and assignment of the Contracts and related
interests (the "TRANSFERRED PROPERTY") by the Seller, to the Trust Depositor,
and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, and the Servicer's accounting records
and computer files will be marked to reflect such sales and assignments. 
Because the Contract Files will remain in the Servicer's possession, if a
subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Contract Files
without knowledge of such assignment, the Indenture Trustee's priority interest
in the Contracts (as assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's
interest) could be defeated.

          Similarly, with respect to Secondary Contracts securing Vendor 
Loans, in some instances the Vendor will retain the original contract files 
associated with the related End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts 
securing such Vendor Loan.  Although UCC financing statements generally are 
filed reflecting the pledge of such Contracts to the Seller as security for 
the Vendor Loans, because these contract files will remain in the Vendor's 
possession, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession 
of such contract files without knowledge of the pledge to the Seller, the 
Indenture Trustee's priority security interest in the such Secondary 
Contracts (as assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's 
interest) could be defeated.  In such event, distributions to Noteholders 
could be adversely affected.   Each Vendor represents, warrants and covenants 
in the applicable agreement evidencing a Vendor Loan, however, that it has 
not and will not sell, pledge or otherwise assign or convey to any other 
party (other than the Seller) any interest in the Secondary Contracts 
securing such Vendor Loan, and agrees that it will maintain possession of the 
related contract files as custodian for the benefit of the Seller as secured 
party with respect to such Secondary Contracts.

          LEGAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN FINANCED 
EQUIPMENT.  In connection with the conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust, 
security interests in the related financed Equipment securing such Contracts 
(or, in connection with Leases that are operating leases, the Seller's 
ownership interest in or title to such Equipment) will be assigned by the 
Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust.  It 
has been the general  policy of the Seller to file or cause to be filed UCC 
financing statements with respect to  Equipment relating to the Contracts; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Seller may not file UCC financing statements (i) with 
respect to Equipment relating to a single Obligor in a single jurisdiction 
with an aggregate value less than $15,000, (ii) with respect to Equipment 
relating to Contracts originated by a specific division of Newcourt USA to a 
single Obligor in a single jurisdiction with a value of less than $25,000  or 
(iii)  with respect to Equipment relating to a single Obligor in a single 
jurisdiction which relates to Contracts purchased from third parties the 
individual value of which is less than $30,000.  _____ Contracts in the 
Contract Pool aggregating ____% of the ADCB are represented by the Contracts 
described in the proviso of the preceding sentence.   Additionally, due  to 
the administrative burden and expense associated with amending many filings 
in numerous states where Equipment is located, no assignments of the UCC 
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Seller in  the 
Equipment will be filed to reflect the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's or the 
Indenture Trustee's interests therein; provided, however, inventory filings 
will be made centrally in states representing ___% of the ADCB of the 
Contract Pool.  While failure to file such assignments does not affect the 
Trust's interest in the Contracts (including the related Seller's security 
interest in the related Equipment) or perfection of the Indenture Trustee's 
interest in such Contracts and related Equipment, it does expose the Trust 
(and thus Noteholders) to the risk that the Servicer could inadvertently 
release its security interest  in the Equipment of record, and it could 
complicate the Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Seller's  security 
interest in the Equipment.  While these risks should not affect the 
perfection or priority of the interest of the Indenture Trustee  in the 
Contracts or rights to payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the 
right of the Indenture Trustee to receive proceeds of a disposition of the 
Equipment related to a Defaulted Contract.  Additionally, statutory liens for 
repairs or unpaid taxes and other liens arising by operation of law may have 
priority even over prior perfected security interests in the Equipment 
assigned to the Indenture Trustee.

          Also, the transfer to the Trust Depositor of the Seller's security 
interest in motor vehicles ("VEHICLES") securing certain Contracts, or its 
ownership interest in Vehicles subject to Leases Loans or CSA's, and the 
transfer of the same as well as interests by the Trust Depositor to the 
Trust, is subject to state vehicle registration laws in the case of the 
Vehicles.  Due to the significant administrative burden and expense 
associated with re-registering transfers of titles and of security interests 
with respect to the Vehicles, the certificates of title or similar 
instruments or registrations of title with

                                  -21-

<PAGE>

respect to the Vehicles securing Contracts, and to Vehicles subject to 
Leases, will not identify the Trust as secured party or owner, as the case 
may be, of such Equipment.  There exists a risk in not so identifying the 
Trust as the new secured party or owner that, through fraud or negligence, a 
third party could acquire an interest in the Vehicles superior to that of the 
Trust. In addition, statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes may have 
priority even over a perfected security interest in the Vehicles.  The Seller 
will represent that as of the Cutoff Date, in the Seller's reasonable 
judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of End-User Contracts in the 
Contract Pool that are secured by Vehicles, does not exceed       % of the 
ADCB of the Contract Pool.

          In addition, some of the Equipment related to the Contracts may 
constitute "FIXTURES" under the real estate or UCC provisions of the 
jurisdiction in which such Equipment is located.  In order to perfect a 
security interest in such Equipment, the holder of the security interest must 
file either a "FIXTURE FILING" under the provisions of the UCC or a real 
estate mortgage under the real estate laws of the state where the Equipment 
is located.  These filings must be made in the real estate records office of 
the county in which such Equipment is located.  So long as the Obligor does 
not permanently attach the Equipment to the real estate, a security interest 
in the Equipment will be governed by the UCC, and the filing of a UCC-1 
financing statement will be effective to maintain the priority of the 
Seller's security interest in such Equipment.  Except for a small portion of 
such Equipment, the Trust Depositor does not believe that any of the 
Equipment will be permanently affixed to the related real estate.  If, 
however, any Equipment is permanently attached to the real estate in which it 
is located, other parties could obtain an interest in the Equipment which is 
prior to the security interest originally obtained by the Seller and 
transferred to the Trust Depositor.  Based on the representation of the 
Seller, the Trust Depositor, however, believes that with respect to the 
Equipment which constitutes a "FIXTURE",  it has obtained a perfected first 
priority security interest, through assignment of such security interest by 
the Seller, by virtue of the Seller's proper filing of UCC-2 financing 
statements naming the Seller as secured party in the real estate records 
office of the county in which the Equipment is located or by obtaining 
waivers from landlords or mortgagees .  Also, the Seller will represent that 
as of the Cutoff Date, in the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted 
Contract Balance of End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured 
by fixtures, does not exceed      % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.

          The Trust Depositor will be obligated to reacquire any Contract 
transferred to the Trust (subject to the Seller's reacquisition thereof) in 
the event it is determined that a first priority perfected security interest, 
or ownership interest in the case of Leases, in the name of the Trustee in 
the Equipment related to such Contract did not exist as of the date such 
Contract was conveyed to the Trust, if (i) such breach shall materially 
adversely affect such Contract and (ii) such failure or breach shall not have 
been cured by the last day of the second (or, if the Trust Depositor elects, 
the first) month following the discovery by or notice to the Trust Depositor 
of such breach, and the Seller will be obligated to reacquire such Contract 
from the Trust Depositor contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's 
reacquisition from the Trust.  If there is any Equipment as to which the 
Seller failed to perfect its security interest, the Seller's security 
interest, and the security interests of the Trust Depositor and the Trust 
(and the Indenture Trustee as assignee), would be subordinated to, among 
others, subsequent purchasers of the Equipment and holders of perfected 
security interests with respect thereto.  To the extent the security interest 
of the Seller in the related Equipment is perfected, subject to the 
exceptions set forth in the following sentence, the Trust will have a prior 
claim over subsequent purchasers from the Obligor of such Equipment and 
holders of subsequently perfected security interests granted by Obligors. 
However, as against mechanics' liens or liens for taxes and other 
non-consensual liens unpaid by an Obligor under a Contract, or in the event 
of fraud or negligence of the Seller or Servicer, the  Trust could lose the 
priority of its interest or its interest in such Equipment following the 
conveyance of such Contract to the Trust.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS" herein. Neither the Trust Depositor nor the Servicer nor the 
Seller will have any obligation to reacquire a Contract if any of the 
occurrences described in the foregoing sentence (other than fraud or 
negligence of the Seller) result in the Trust's losing the priority of its 
security interest or its security interest in such Equipment after the date 
such Contract is conveyed to the Trust.

          LEGAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS.  There are 
certain limited circumstances under the Uniform Commercial Code (the "UCC") 
and applicable federal law in which prior or subsequent transferees of 
Contracts or Secondary Contracts could have an interest in such contracts 
with priority over the Trust's interest.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS--TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS."   Under each Vendor Agreement, the Vendor 
(i) has or will warrant to the Seller that the Contracts transferred to the 
Seller thereunder will be transferred free and clear of the lien of any third 
party and that the interests in Secondary Contracts transferred thereunder 
will be transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party and (ii) 
has or will also covenant that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or 
grant any lien on any Contract (or Secondary Contract) transferred thereunder 
to the Seller.  Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will 
warrant to the Trust Depositor and, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, 
the Trust Depositor will warrant to the Trust, that the Contracts and 
security interests in Secondary Contracts transferred thereunder will be 
transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party. Also, under the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will covenant to the Trust Depositor 
and, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Depositor will also 
covenant to the Trust, that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or 
grant any lien on any Contract or Secondary Contract transferred to the Trust 
Depositor or the Trust.

                                  -22-

<PAGE>

         RISK OF INEFFECTIVE SALE IN VENDOR BANKRUPTCY.  The Seller will 
either (i) originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User Contracts from a 
Vendor, which Contracts will be transferred to the Trust Depositor.  If the 
acquisition of an End-User Contract by a Seller is treated as a sale of such 
Contract from the applicable Vendor to the Seller, except in certain limited 
circumstances, such Contract would not be part of such Vendor's bankruptcy 
estate and would not be available to such Vendor's creditors.  If a Vendor 
became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and, in the case of End-User Contracts 
acquired as described in clause (ii) above, if an unpaid creditor of such 
Vendor or a representative of creditors of such Vendor, such as a trustee in 
bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to take the 
position that the sale of such Contracts to a Seller was ineffective to 
remove such Contracts from such Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale 
should be recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of 
such Vendor), then delays in payments under the Contracts to the Trust could 
occur or, should the court rule in favor of such creditor, representative or 
Vendor, reductions in the amount of such payments could result.  If the 
transfer of End-User Contracts to a Seller as described in clause (ii) above 
is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of 
the pledging Vendor arising before the Contracts came into existence may have 
priority over such Seller's (and hence the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's and 
the Indenture Trustee's) interest in the Contracts.  No law firm will, in 
connection with the offering of the Notes, express any opinion as to the 
issues discussed in this paragraph.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS--CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY".

          RISK OF INEFFECTIVE SALE IN SELLER BANKRUPTCY.  In the Transfer and 
Sale Agreement, the Seller will  warrant to the Trust Depositor that the 
conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust Depositor thereunder is a valid sale 
and transfer of such Contracts to the Trust Depositor.  In addition, the 
Seller and the Trust Depositor have covenanted that they will each treat the 
transactions described herein as a sale of the Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor, and the Seller will take all actions that are required under 
applicable law to perfect the Trust Depositor's ownership interest in the 
Contracts sold by the Seller and the Trust Depositor's security interest (as 
assignee of the Seller's security interest) in the Secondary Contracts 
securing Vendor Loans sold by the Seller.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS--TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS".  Moreover, Winston & Strawn, special 
counsel to the Seller  and the Trust Depositor, will render a reasoned 
opinion to the effect that in the event the Seller  became a debtor under the 
United States Bankruptcy Code, the transfer of the Contracts from the Seller 
to the Trust Depositor in accordance with the Transfer and Sale Agreement 
would be treated as a sale and not as a pledge to secure borrowings.  

          If, however, the transfer of the Contracts from a Seller to the 
Trust Depositor were treated as a pledge to secure borrowings by the Seller, 
the distribution of proceeds of the Contracts to the Trust might be subject 
to the automatic stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which 
would delay the distribution of such proceeds for an uncertain period of 
time.  In addition, a bankruptcy trustee would have the power to sell the 
Contracts if the proceeds of such sale could satisfy the amount of the debt 
deemed owed by the Seller, or the bankruptcy trustee could substitute other 
collateral in lieu of the Contracts to secure such  debt, or such debt could 
be subject to adjustment by the bankruptcy court if the Seller were to file 
for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  A 
case decided by the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit 
contains language to the effect that accounts sold by a debtor under Article 
9 of the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") would remain property of the 
debtor's bankruptcy estate.   If, following a bankruptcy of the Seller, a 
court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit and apply such 
reasoning to chattel paper, then similar reductions or delays in payments of 
collections on or in respect of the Contracts could occur. Additionally, 
because the Seller has purchased Contracts from Vendors located in the Tenth 
Circuit which could become debtors in a bankruptcy proceeding, the rationale 
of such case could be applicable to such Vendors' sales of End User Contracts 
to the Seller and the corresponding negative implications for receipt of 
payments with respect to such Contracts may occur.

          RISK OF REJECTION OF "TRUE LEASES". A bankruptcy trustee or debtor 
in possession under the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C.  101 
et seq.) (the "BANKRUPTCY CODE") has the right to elect to assume or reject 
any executory contract or unexpired lease which is considered to be a "TRUE 
LEASE" (and not a financing) under applicable law.  Any rejection of such a 
contract or lease would constitute a breach of such contract or lease, as 
applicable, as of the day preceding the commencement of the applicable 
bankruptcy case, entitling the nonbreaching party to a pre-petition claim for 
damages.

          Certain End-User Contracts will be "TRUE LEASES" and thus subject 
to rejection by the lessor under the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such End-User 
Contract originated by the Seller or acquired by the Seller in a transaction 
whereby the Seller is the "LESSOR" thereunder, will be subject to rejection 
by the Seller, as debtor in possession, or by the Seller's bankruptcy 
trustee.  Upon any such rejection, Scheduled Payments under such rejected 
End-User Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses 
if proceeds realizable from security interests in the related Equipment are 
insufficient to cover the losses.  In addition, any End-User Contract which 
is a "TRUE LEASE" originated by a Vendor and transferred to the Seller in a 
transaction whereby such Vendor continues to be the "LESSOR" thereunder (such 
as a transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of a security interest in such 
End-User Contract or a transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of an interest in 
the right to payments only under any such End-User Contract), will be subject 
to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by such Vendor's 
bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection Scheduled

                                  -23-

<PAGE>

Payments under such rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the 
Noteholders may be subject to losses if the proceeds realizable from security 
interests in the related Equipment are insufficient to cover the losses.

          The Seller will represent as of the Cutoff Date that, in the 
Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of End-User 
Contracts in the Contract Pool that are "TRUE LEASES" does not exceed      % 
of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of such date.

         RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INSOLVENCY OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR OR THE 
TRUST. Certain restrictions have been imposed on the Trust Depositor and the 
Trust and certain other parties to the transactions described herein which 
are intended to reduce the risk of an insolvency proceeding involving the 
Trust Depositor or the Trust.  These restrictions include incorporating the 
Trust Depositor as a separate, special purpose corporation pursuant to a 
certificate of incorporation containing certain restrictions on the nature 
and scope of its business. Additionally, the Trust Depositor may commence a 
voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or cause 
the Trust to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or 
insolvency law, only upon the affirmative vote of all its directors, 
including its independent directors, as long as the Trust Depositor is 
solvent and does not reasonably foresee becoming insolvent.  The Trust 
Depositor's certificate of incorporation requires that the Trust Depositor 
have at all times at least two independent directors. However, no assurance 
can be given that insolvency proceedings involving either the Trust Depositor 
or the Trust will not occur.  In the event the Trust Depositor becomes 
subject to insolvency proceedings, the Trust, the Trust's interest in the 
Trust Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes might 
also become subject to such insolvency proceedings.  In the event of 
insolvency proceedings involving the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust 
Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes would become 
subject to such insolvency proceedings.  No assurance can be given that 
insolvency proceedings involving the Seller would not lead to insolvency 
proceedings of either, or both, of the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  In 
either such event, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of the 
foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the Notes, possible reductions 
in the amount of payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and 
limitations (including a stay) on the exercise of remedies under the 
Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement could occur, although the 
Noteholders would continue to have the benefit of the Indenture Trustee's 
security interest in the Trust Assets under the Indenture.

         The right of the Indenture Trustee, as a secured party under the 
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and sell the 
Trust Assets is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy 
laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy 
Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the 
Trust, and possibly the Trust Depositor, before or possibly even after the 
Indenture Trustee has foreclosed upon and sold the Trust Assets.  Under the 
bankruptcy laws, payments on debts are not made and secured creditors are 
prohibited from repossessing their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy 
case or from disposing of security repossessed from such a debtor, without 
bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the bankruptcy laws generally permit the 
debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is 
in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided generally that the 
secured creditor has the right to seek "ADEQUATE PROTECTION".  The meaning of 
the term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" may vary according to circumstances, but it is 
intended in general to protect the value of the security from any diminution 
in the value of the collateral as a result of the use of the collateral by 
the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case.  In view of the lack 
of a precise definition of the term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" and the broad 
discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict 
whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes would be compensated for 
any diminution in value of the Trust Assets. Furthermore, in the event a 
bankruptcy court determines that the value of the Trust Assets is not 
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the Noteholders would hold 
secured claims only to the extent of the value of the Trust Assets to which 
the holders are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such 
shortfall.  The bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of 
post-petition interest, costs and attorneys' fees during a debtor's 
bankruptcy case unless, and then only to the extent, the claims are 
oversecured.

          RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INSOLVENCY OF THE VENDORS.  In the event a 
Vendor under a Vendor Loan becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, the 
Secondary Contracts and other Applicable Security for such Vendor Loan as 
well as such Vendor's obligation to make payments thereon would also become 
subject to such insolvency proceedings.  In such event, delays of 
distributions on the Notes, possible reductions in the amount of payment of 
principal of and interest on the Notes and limitations (including a stay) on 
the exercise of remedies under the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement could occur, although the Noteholders would continue to have the 
benefit of the Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Vendor Loans and 
Applicable Security therefor under the Indenture.

          The right of the Indenture Trustee, as secured party under the 
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and sell any 
Secondary Contracts or Applicable Security is likely to be significantly 
impaired by applicable bankruptcy laws, including the automatic stay pursuant 
to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be 
commenced by or against a Vendor obligated on a Vendor Loan, before or 
possibly even after the Indenture Trustee has foreclosed upon and sold such 
Secondary Contracts or Applicable Security for the reasons described above in 
the second preceding paragraph.

                                  -24-

<PAGE>

          Certain Vendor Assignments and certain assignments executed under 
various Program Agreements (each, a "PROGRAM ASSIGNMENT") provide that the 
Seller has recourse to the related Vendor for all or a portion of the losses 
the Seller may incur as a result of a default under the End-User Contracts 
sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment.  In the event of a 
Vendor's bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee, a creditor or the Vendor as debtor 
in possession might attempt to characterize sales to the Seller pursuant to 
such Vendor Assignments or Program Assignments as loans to the Vendor from 
the Seller secured by the Contracts sold thereunder. If such an attempt is 
successful, such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would be subject to 
the risks described herein for Vendor Loans.  In such case the Contracts sold 
under such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would constitute Secondary 
Contracts under the recharacterized Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment.

          RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REQUIRED SALE OF CONTRACTS RESULTING FROM 
TRUST DEPOSITOR BANKRUPTCY.  If a conservator, receiver or liquidator of the 
Trust Depositor was appointed or if certain other events relating to the 
bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership of the Trust Depositor were to occur 
(an "INSOLVENCY EVENT"), then an Event of Default would occur with respect to 
the Notes and, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, and assuming the Trust was not then a debtor in a 
bankruptcy case, the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Required 
Holders (as defined in "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- EVENTS OF DEFAULT"), will 
be required to sell the Contracts, thereby causing early termination of the 
Trust and a possible loss to the Noteholders if the sum of (i) the proceeds 
of the sale allocable to the Noteholders and (ii) the proceeds of any 
collections on the Contracts in the Collection Account allocable to the 
Noteholders, is insufficient to pay the Noteholders in full.  See "CERTAIN 
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS" and "--CERTAIN MATTERS 
RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY".

          RISK OF LOSS ASSOCIATED WITH END-USER AND VENDOR BANKRUPTCY. 
Application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws in the event 
of bankruptcy of End-Users could affect the interests of the Noteholders in 
the Contracts and Secondary Contracts if such laws result in any such 
contracts being written off as uncollectible or result in delay in payments 
due on any Contracts.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--DEFAULTED CONTRACTS" 
and "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO 
BANKRUPTCY".  In addition, application of federal and state bankruptcy and 
insolvency laws in the event of bankruptcy of Vendors could affect the 
interests of the Noteholders in the Vendor Loans and Secondary Contracts if 
such laws result in any such Vendor Loans or Secondary Contracts being 
written off as uncollectible or result in delay in payments due on any such 
Vendor Loans or Secondary Contracts.  See "--INSOLVENCY OF THE VENDORS".  
State laws impose requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales 
and obtaining deficiency judgments following such sales.  In the event that 
the Noteholders must rely on repossession and disposition of Equipment to 
recover amounts due on Defaulted Contracts, such amounts may not be realized 
because of the application of these requirements and restrictions.  Other 
factors that may affect the ability of the Noteholders to realize the full 
amount due on a Contract or a Secondary Contract include the failure to file 
financing statements to perfect the Seller's, Trust Depositor's, Trust's or 
the Indenture Trustee's security interest, as applicable, in the Equipment or 
other Applicable Security and the depreciation, obsolescence, damage or loss 
of any item of Equipment.  As a result, the Noteholders may be subject to 
delays in receiving payments and losses if the over collateralization 
represented by each Class of Notes that is subordinated thereto, the 
Subordinated Securities or the Reserve Fund is insufficient to absorb such 
losses.

          CERTAIN STATES MAY LIMIT THE ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN LEASE 
PROVISIONS.  Certain states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC 
("ARTICLE 2A"), which purports to codify many provisions of existing common 
law. Although there is little precedent regarding how Article 2A will be 
interpreted, it may, among other things, limit enforceability of any 
"UNCONSCIONABLE" lease or "UNCONSCIONABLE" provision in a lease, provide a 
lessee with remedies, including the right to cancel the lease contract, for 
certain lessor breaches or defaults, and may add to or modify the terms of 
"CONSUMER LEASES" and leases in which the lessee is a "MERCHANT LESSEE".  
However, in the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will represent that 
(I) no End-User Contract is a "CONSUMER LEASE" as defined in Section 
2A-103(1)(e) of the UCC; and

                                  -25-

<PAGE>

(ii) to the best of the Seller's knowledge, each End-User has accepted the 
Equipment leased to it and, after reasonable opportunity to inspect and test, 
has not notified the Seller of any defects therein.  Article 2A, moreover, 
recognizes typical commercial lease "HELL OR HIGH WATER" rental payment 
clauses (which clauses unconditionally obligate the lessee to make all 
scheduled payments, without setoff) and validates reasonable liquidated 
damages provisions in the event of lessor or lessee defaults.  Article 2A 
also recognizes the concept of freedom of contract and permits the parties in 
a commercial context a wide degree of latitude to vary from the provisions of 
the law.

          RISK OF STATE TAXES.   Because of the inclusion of "TRUE LEASES" in 
the Trust, a risk exists that certain states may attempt to impose taxes on 
the Trust.

CERTAIN CONTRACTS RELATING TO SOFTWARE OR SERVICES ARE NOT SECURED BY SUCH
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES

          Certain Contracts will relate not to Equipment but rather to 
Software or Services that are not owned by the Seller (the Vendor or a 
licensor traditionally owns the same) and in which no related interest will 
be transferred to the Trust (I.E. the Trust owns solely the associated 
Contracts' cash flow).  See "THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY".  Accordingly, if any 
such Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, the Trust will not realize any 
proceeds from the related Software or Services from which to satisfy any 
related outstanding Scheduled Payments.  Furthermore, because Software is 
generally eligible for protection under the Federal copyright laws, a 
security interest in Software generally cannot be perfected without a filing 
at the U.S. Copyright Office. Some legal authority indicates that this filing 
requirement also extends to a sale or grant of a security interest in 
software licenses and the proceeds thereof, while some other legal authority 
suggests that where there is an outright assignment of certain payments (such 
as royalties) associated with copyrightable materials, the rights to receive 
such payments constitute property separate from the copyrightable material 
and that no filing in the U.S. Copyright Office is required in connection with
such assignment.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NON-RECOURSE NATURE OF THE OFFERED NOTES - NO RECOURSE TO
THE SELLER, SERVICER OR ITS AFFILIATES; LIMITED VENDOR RECOURSE

          Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor any of their affiliates is 
generally obligated to make any payments in respect of the Notes or the 
Contracts.  However, in connection with the sale of Contracts by the Seller 
to the Trust Depositor, and the concurrent conveyance of such Contracts by 
the Trust Depositor to the Trust, the Seller will make representations and 
warranties with respect to the characteristics of such Contracts and, in 
certain circumstances, the Seller may be required to repurchase Contracts 
from the Trust Depositor (and the Trust Depositor concurrently from the 
Trust) with respect to which such representations and warranties have been 
breached.  See "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" herein.  Because the 
Trust is a limited purpose trust with limited assets, the Noteholders must 
rely solely upon the Contracts, the Equipment and related security described 
herein as well as amounts in the Reserve Fund, to the extent available, for 
payment of principal and interest on the Notes. Moreover, in respect of 
Vendor Loans, the Noteholders must generally rely solely upon the Secondary 
Contracts securing such Vendor Loans (together with the Equipment and related 
security securing such Secondary Contracts, should the End-User default in 
its obligation to pay such Secondary Contracts), since Vendor Loans are 
generally non-recourse to the Vendors (I.E., the holder of such Vendor Loan 
is limited to recovering amounts solely from the Secondary Contracts and 
related security therefor) except for certain Vendor Loans which are covered 
by a UNL Pool (as defined herein).  If payments made or realized from the 
Contracts (including Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans) and the 
disposition proceeds of the Equipment are insufficient to make payments on 
the Notes, no other assets will be available for the payment of the 
deficiency. 

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION-NOTEHOLDERS LIMITED TO EXERCISING THEIR RIGHTS THROUGH
DTC, EUROCLEAR OR CEDEL

          The Notes offered hereby initially will be represented by one or 
more Notes registered in the name of Cede & Co. and will not be registered in 
the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees.  As a result of this, 
unless and until Definitive Notes are issued, beneficial owners will not be 
recognized by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as that 
term is used in the Indenture.  Hence, until such time, beneficial owners 
will only be able to exercise the rights of Noteholders indirectly, through 
DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL and their respective participating organizations, and 
will receive reports and other information provided for under the Indenture 
only if, when and to the extent provided by DTC, Euroclear or CEDEL, as the 
case may be, and its participating organizations.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION."

                                   -26-

<PAGE>

                                  USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes and the Subordinated 
Securities will be paid to the Trust Depositor in consideration of the 
transfer to the Trust of the Contracts.  Such proceeds will be applied by the 
Trust Depositor to the purchase price of the Contracts to be sold to the 
Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement by the Seller as 
well as for other general corporate purposes. The Seller has previously sold 
certain lease and finance contracts to the Trust Depositor which has resold 
them (or interests therein) to Variable Funding Capital Corporation ("VFCC").
It is expected that these contracts will be repurchased from VFCC by the 
Trust Depositor and from the Trust Depositor by the Seller simultaneously 
with (and with the proceeds of) the issuance of the Notes and the 
Subordinated Securities contemplated hereby and that certain of such 
contracts will be included in the Contract Portfolio. VFCC is a special 
purpose company the business of which is limited, generally, to the purchase 
of, or the making of loans against receivables or interests in financial 
assets. First Union Capital Markets Corp. is the Administrator of VFCC and 
VFCC is not affiliated with First Union Corporation, First Union Capital 
Markets Corporation or any of their respective affiliates.

                                      THE TRUST

     The Notes offered hereby will be issued by the Trust which has been 
established by the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  The 
Contract Pool will be formed and transferred to the Trust pursuant to the 
Sale and Servicing  Agreement and pledged to the Indenture Trustee pursuant 
to the Indenture.

     The Trust will be organized as a business trust to be formed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the Trust 
Agreement, solely for the purpose of effectuating the transactions described 
herein.  Prior to formation, the Trust will have had no assets or obligations 
and no operating history.  Upon formation, the Trust will not engage in any 
business activity other than (a) acquiring, managing and holding the 
Contracts and related interests described herein, (b) issuing the Notes and 
the Subordinated Securities, (c) making distributions and payments thereon 
and (d) engaging in those activities, including entering into agreements, 
that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are 
incidental thereto or connected therewith.  As a consequence, the Trust is 
not expected to have any source of capital resources other than the Trust 
Assets. As of the date of this Prospectus, neither the Trust Depositor nor 
the Trust is subject to any legal proceedings.

                                THE CONTRACTS POOL

     THE TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS.  The Transferred Contracts will consist of 
Contracts purchased from the Seller by the Trust Depositor on the Closing 
Date (and as of the Cutoff Date) under the Transfer and Sale Agreement dated 
as of               , 1997 (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT"), as well as 
any Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts conveyed thereunder as 
described herein as of their applicable Cutoff Dates.  The Transferred 
Contracts have been and will be selected by the Seller from their portfolio 
of Contracts based on the criteria specified in the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  See "THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" and "--CONCENTRATION 
AMOUNTS" herein which specifically describe the criteria for eligibility in 
the Contracts Pool.  The representations of the Seller include a 
representation that no adverse selection with respect to the Contracts has 
occurred..  The Seller will represent that all of the Contracts are 
commercial, rather than consumer, leases or loans/financings, and that no 
adverse selection process was employed in the Seller's selection of Contracts 
for sale under the Transfer and Sale Agreement.  As of the Cutoff Date, the 
ADCB of the Transferred Contracts was $          , the weighted average 
remaining term to maturity for the Transferred Contracts was approximately    
  months, the final scheduled payment date of the Transferred Contract with 
the latest maturity or expiration was          , 200    and the average 
Discounted Contract Balance was approximately $         .  The Discount Rate 
for the Transferred Contracts is     % per annum.   

     For further information regarding the Transferred Contracts, see "THE
CONTRACTS GENERALLY" herein and "THE CONTRACTS POOL--OTHER POOL DATA" below.

     OTHER POOL DATA.  Approximately      % of the ADCB of the Transferred
Contracts provide for payments by the Obligor thereunder on a basis other than
monthly payments.  The composition and distribution of the Transferred Contracts
by remaining term, original term, Discounted Contract Balance, End-User
industry, geographic distribution, type of equipment and type of End-User
Contract are set forth in the following tables and are reported as of the Cutoff
Date.  Subschedules to Transferred Contracts reflecting amounts billed to
separate billing locations are treated as separate Transferred Contracts. 
Classification by industry is based on Newcourt's customary procedures for
determining the obligor's industry.  Percentages and amounts set forth in the
following tables may not total due to rounding.  The largest End-User industry
concentration (including End-User Obligors on Contracts originated by the Seller
directly, as well as Contracts originated through Vendors with or without Vendor
recourse, and Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans), which represents an
ADCB of $        as of the Cutoff Date, relates to          equipment.  See
"RISK FACTORS--CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GEOGRAPHIC OR INDUSTRY
CONCENTRATIONS OF CONTRACTS" herein, and "THE CONTRACTS POOL - CONTRACT LOSS
EXPERIENCE"  below.

     The statistical information concerning the Contracts set forth below is
based upon information as of the opening of business on the Cutoff Date and the
Statistical Discount Rate.  Certain Contracts included in the pool as of the
Cutoff Date may be determined not to meet the eligibility requirements for the
final pool, and may not be included in the final Contract Pool.  While the
statistical distribution of the characteristics as of the Closing Date for the
final Contract Pool

                                       -27-

<PAGE>

and calculated at the actual Discount Rate will vary somewhat from the 
statistical distribution of such characteristics as of the Cutoff Date and 
calculated at the Statistical Discount Rate as presented in this Prospectus, 
such variance will not be material.  The percentages and balances set forth 
in each of the following tables may not total due to rounding.




                                       -28-

<PAGE>

                           COMPOSITION OF THE CONTRACT POOL


Aggregate Discounted
 Contract Balance

 Number of Contracts

  Weighted Average
Original Term (Range) 
    (in months)

  Weighted Average
Remaining Term (Range)
    (in months)

  Average Discounted
   Contract Balance



                                       -29-

<PAGE>


                      DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY CONTRACT TYPE

                                                                  Percentage of
                                                    Aggregate       Aggregate
                                  Percentage of    Discounted      Discounted
                    Number of       Number of       Contract        Contract
                    Contracts       Contracts        Balance         Balance

      CSAs

   True Leases

 Finance Leases

      IPAs

  Secured Notes

    Unsecured
      Notes

      Other
    Financing
   Agreements

      Total


                                       -30-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                            DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY STATE IN WHICH OBLIGORS ARE LOCATED

<S>         <C>           <C>                      <C>          <C>                    <C>                    <C>
                                                                                                                Percentage of
State       Number of     Percentage of Number     Number of    Percentage of Number   Discounted Contract    Aggregate Discounted
            Contracts        of Contracts          Obligors       of Obligors               Balance             Contract Balance

 Alabama

  Alaska

 Arizona

California

 Colorado

Connecticut

 Delaware

District of

 Columbia

  Florida

  Georgia

   Hawaii

   Idaho

 Illinois

  Indiana

   Iowa

  Kansas

 Kentucky

   Maine

 Maryland

Massachusetts

  Michigan

 Minnesota

Mississippi

  Missouri

   Montana

  Nebraska

   Nevada

New Hampshire

  New Jersey

  New Mexico

   New York

North Carolina

 North Dakota

    Ohio

  Oklahoma

   Oregon

Pennsylvania

Rhode Island

South Carolina

</TABLE>
                                       -31-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>         <C>           <C>                      <C>          <C>                    <C>                    <C>

                                                                                                                Percentage of
State       Number of     Percentage of Number     Number of    Percentage of Number   Discounted Contract    Aggregate Discounted
            Contracts        of Contracts          Obligors       of Obligors               Balance             Contract Balance


South Dakota

 Tennessee

   Texas

   Utah

  Vermont

  Virginia

  Washington

West Virginia

  Wisconsin

   Wyoming

    Total

</TABLE>
                                       -32-

<PAGE>

                     DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE

                                                                  Percentage of
                                                                    Aggregate
                                  Percentage of    Discounted      Discounted
                    Number of       Number of       Contract        Contract
Equipment Type      Contracts       Contracts        Balance         Balance

 Transportation

  Construction

Computer Hardware

Computer Software

    Resources

  Manufacturing

Other/Miscellaneous

     Total


                                       -33-

<PAGE>


                    DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY OBLIGOR INDUSTRY


                                                                  Percentage of
                                                                    Aggregate
                                  Percentage of    Discounted      Discounted
                    Number of       Number of       Contract        Contract
  Industry          Contracts       Contracts        Balance         Balance

 Financial

  Services

Manufacturing

  Printing

 Health Care

Transportation

 Construction

 Distribution

  Government

   Other/
Miscellaneous

    Total

                                       -34-

<PAGE>


                    DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY CONTRACT BALANCE


                                                            Percentage of
                                                              Aggregate
                                       Percentage of          Discounted
   Discounted          Number of         Number of            Contract
Contract Balance       Contracts         Contracts             Balance

       $0 - 250,000

  250,001 - 500,000

  500,001 - 750,000

  750,001 - 1,000,000

1,000,001 - 1,205,000

1,250,001 - 1,500,000

1,500,001 - 1,750,000

1,750,001 - 2,000,000

greater than $2,000,000

        Total

                                       -35-

<PAGE>

                             DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS BY
                         REMAINING MONTHS TO STATED MATURITY
                                           

                                                                  Percentage of
                                                                    Aggregate
                                  Percentage of    Discounted      Discounted
 Remaining Term     Number of       Number of       Contract        Contract
    (Months)        Contracts       Contracts        Balance         Balance

      1 - 12

     13 - 24

     25 - 36

     37 - 48

     49 - 60

     61 - 72

     73 - 84

      Total


                            DISTRIBUTIONS OF CONTRACTS BY
                                ORIGINAL CONTRACT TERM


                                                                  Percentage of
                                                                    Aggregate
                     Number       Percentage of    Discounted      Discounted
  Original Term        of           Number of       Contract        Contract
    (Months)        Contracts       Contracts        Balance         Balance

     1 - 12

    13 - 24

    25 - 36

    37 - 48

    49 - 60

    61 - 72

    73 - 84

    85 - 96

     Total

                                       -36-

<PAGE>

DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS INFORMATION

     Set forth below is certain information regarding the delinquency and 
loss experience of Newcourt USA (Transportation and Construction and 
non-Anthem Commtech divisions) with respect to its portfolio of financing 
agreements (including Contracts and other financing agreements that it 
previously sold but continues to service) for users of a wide variety of new 
and used information technology equipment (such as mainframe and mini 
computers, computer work stations, personal computers, data storage devices 
and other computer related peripheral equipment), communications equipment 
(such as telephone switching and networking systems), commercial business and 
industrial equipment (such as printing presses, machine tools and other 
manufacturing equipment,  photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office 
equipment, energy savings and control equipment, automotive diagnostic and 
automated testing equipment), medical equipment (such as diagnostic and 
therapeutic examination equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and 
ultrasound and laboratory analysis equipment), resources equipment (such as 
feller-bunchers and grapplers), and transportation and construction equipment 
(such as heavy and medium duty trucks and highway trailers, school buses, 
bulldozers, loaders, graters, excavators, forklifts and other materials 
handling equipment, golf carts and other road and off-road machinery).  There 
can be no assurance that the levels of delinquency and loss experience on the 
Contracts will be comparable to that set forth below.  The contracts to which 
the following tables relate (the "Subject Contracts") were, prior to the end 
of the first quarter of 1996, serviced to a limited extent (specifically, the 
invoicing, cash application and sales and tax reporting with respect thereto) 
by Parrish Financial Servicing L.P., an unaffiliated independent servicing 
contractor.  In addition, certain of the Subject Contracts which were 
purchased by Newcourt USA are or continue to be serviced by the Person (or an 
affiliate of the Person) that sold them to Newcourt (each, a "Third-Party 
Servicer") pursuant to arrangements permitting the substitution by Newcourt 
USA of itself as servicer with respect to the applicable Subject Contracts 
upon default (as prescribed under such arrangement) by the applicable 
Third-Party Servicer.  Of the Contracts included in the Contract Portfolio, 
approximately ________ such Contracts, with an ADCB as of the date hereof of 
$ ______ are being serviced by Third-Party Servicers.

                              NEWCOURT USA PORTFOLIO 
                              DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) (a),(b) AND (c)
                                         AT
   ___________________________________________________________________________

          Six Months  Six Months   Twelve Months   Twelve Months  Twelve Months
             Ended         Ended          Ended        Ended         Ended
           June 30,       June 30,    December 31,  December 31,   December 31,
            1997(d)       1996(d)         1996          1995          1994
Portfolio
Investment

No. of
Delinquent
Days (% of
Portfolio
Investment)

31-90 days

Over 90
days

Total


(a)  Portfolio Investment is equal to the outstanding funds deployed for
     the acquisition of the financing agreements less any associated payments
     made under such financing agreement relating to the principal component
     of such financing agreement.

(b)  Newcourt USA classifies accounts as delinquent at the time a payment (or 
     a portion thereof) remains unpaid 31 days or more following the date on 
     which such payment is due.  The amount classified as delinquent is the 
     present value of all remaining scheduled payments discounted at the 
     applicable contract rate and any past due amounts relating to such 
     financing agreements.  Delinquent accounts are written off in their 
     entirety when a determination is made that the account is uncollectible.

(c)  The percentages in any column may not total due to rounding.
(d)  Annualized.

                                       -37-

<PAGE>
                           NEWCOURT USA CONTRACT PORTFOLIO
                         CONTRACT LOSS EXPERIENCE (a) and (b)
                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                          AT
     ___________________________________________________________________________

<TABLE>
Caption
            Six Months Six Months  Twelve Months  Twelve Months   Twelve Months  
               Ended      Ended       Ended          Ended           Ended     
             June 30,    June 30,   December 31,   December 31,    December 31,
             1997(b)     1996(b)       1996          1995             1994
<S>         <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>

Average
Portfolio
Investment
(before
reserves)...

Gross Losses...

Recoveries...

Net Losses...

Net Losses
as Percentage
of Average
Portfolio
Investment
(before reserves)...
</TABLE>

(a)  Portfolio Investment is equal to the outstanding funds deployed for the 
     acquisition of the financing agreements less any associated payments made
     under such financing agreement relating to the principal component of
     such financing agreement.
(b)  Annualized.
(c)  Average Portfolio Investment is the average of the Portfolio Investment 
     at the end of each quarter.


THE DATA PRESENTED IN THE FOREGOING TABLES ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY
AND THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE DELINQUENCY OR  LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE
CONTRACTS WILL BE SIMILAR TO THAT SET FORTH ABOVE.

                                       -38-

<PAGE>

                               THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY

     The Trust will be entitled to all collections on account of the Contracts
in the Contract Pool and related Equipment and Applicable Security, except for
(i) collections on deposit in the Collection Account or otherwise received by
the Servicer on or with respect to the Contract Pool or related Equipment, which
collections are attributable to any taxes, fees or other charges imposed by any
governmental authority, and (ii) collections representing reimbursements of
insurance premiums or payments for certain services that were not financed by
the Seller, and (iii) any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of
Equipment in excess of the difference between (x) the Discounted Contract
Balance of the related Contract as of the applicable Cutoff Date, over (y) the
present value as of the applicable Cutoff Date of all amounts (other than
Excluded Amounts) actually received by the Trust in respect of such Contract,
discounted monthly at the Discount Rate (amounts described in clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii), "EXCLUDED AMOUNTS") due on or after the applicable Cutoff Date for
such Contracts.

END-USER CONTRACTS

     The following discussion describes the End-User Contracts (including 
End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts).  All of the End-User 
Contracts to be included in the Trust are CSAs, Leases, Secured Notes, IPAs 
and Financing Agreements in respect of Equipment, Software and Services.  
There is no limit on the number of Contracts in the Contract Pool which may 
consist of any of the foregoing types.  Each Contract is required, however, 
to be an Eligible Contract (as defined "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND 
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY") as of the Cutoff Date. 

     CONDITIONAL SALE AGREEMENTS.  The Seller offers financing for Equipment
under CSAs assigned to the Seller by Vendors.  It is expected that most of the
CSAs in the Contract Pool will consist of the Seller's standard pre-printed
form, or of the Vendors' standard, pre-printed forms.  The CSA sets forth the
description of each Financed Item and the schedule of installment payments. 
Generally, loans under CSAs are fixed rate and are for a one to five year term. 
Payments under CSAs generally are due monthly.  CSA terms (i) provide for a
grant by the End-User thereunder of a security interest in any related Equipment
(which security interest is assigned by the Vendor to the Seller), (ii) may
allow prepayment of the obligation upon payment, where allowed by applicable
state law, of an additional prepayment fee, (iii) require the End-User to
maintain the Equipment, keep it free and clear of liens and encumbrances and pay
all taxes related to the Equipment, (iv) restrict the modification or disposal
of the Equipment without the seller's, or its assignee's, consent, (v) include a
disclaimer of warranties, (vi) include the End-User's indemnity against
liabilities arising from the use, possession or ownership of the Equipment,
(vii) include the End-User's absolute (except as provided in clause (ii)) and
unconditional obligation to pay the installment payments thereunder and (viii)
include specifically identifiable events of default and remedies therefor.  The
CSA also requires each End-User to maintain insurance, the terms of which may
vary.  The terms of a CSA may be modified at its inception at the End-User's
request.  Such modifications must either be approved by the Seller's legal
department and certain levels of management before the Seller will agree to
accept an assignment of the CSA from a Vendor, or the Vendor must indemnify the
Seller against any losses or damages it may suffer as a result of such
modifications.

     LEASES.  The Seller, either directly or by assignment from Vendors, 
offers financing of Equipment, Software and Services under Leases.  Leases 
may consist of individual lease agreements relating to a single, separate 
transaction and Financed Item, or may consist of individual transactions 
written under and governed by a master lease agreement (each, an "MLA") which 
contains the general terms and conditions of the transaction.  Specific terms 
and conditions, such as descriptions of the specific Equipment, Software and 
Services being leased or financed and the schedule of related rental 
payments, are contained in a supplement or schedule to the MLA (each an "MLA 
SUPPLEMENT"), which is signed by the End-User as lessee, and either the 
Vendor or the Seller, as lessor.  The MLA Supplement incorporates the MLA by 
reference, and is treated by the Seller as a separate Lease.  Each Lease is 
originated in the ordinary course of business by either the Seller or a 
Vendor (and assigned to the Seller pursuant to a Vendor Agreement).

     The initial terms of the Leases in the Contract Pool generally range 
from one to five years.  Each Lease provides for the periodic payment by the 
End-User of rent in advance or arrears, generally monthly or quarterly.  Such 
periodic payments represent the amortization, generally on a level basis, of 
the total amount that an End-User is required to pay throughout the term of a 
Lease.

     The Leases to be included in the Contract Pool are "NET LEASES" under 
which the End-User assumes responsibility for the Financed Items, including 
operation, maintenance, repair, insurance or self-insurance, return of any 
Equipment at the expiration or termination of the Lease and the payment of 
all sales and use and property taxes relating to the Financed Items during 
the Lease term.  The End-User further agrees to indemnify the lessor for any 
liabilities arising out of the use or operation of the Financed Items.  In 
most cases, the lessor is also authorized to perform the

                                       -39-

<PAGE>

End-User's obligations under the Lease at the End-User's expense, if it so 
elects, in cases where the End-User has failed to perform.  In addition, the 
Leases generally contain "HELL OR HIGH WATER" clauses unconditionally 
obligating the End-User to make periodic payments, without setoff, at the 
times and in the amounts specified in the Lease.  If the Seller is the 
lessor, the Lease contains no express or implied warranties with respect to 
the Financed Items other than a warranty of quiet enjoyment.  If a Vendor is 
the lessor, the Lease or a related agreement may contain certain 
representations and warranties with respect to the Financed Items in addition 
to a warranty of quiet enjoyment; however, the End-User agrees not to assert 
any warranty claims against any assignee of the Vendor (which would include 
the Seller) by way of setoff, counterclaim or otherwise, and further agrees 
that it may only bring such claims against the Vendor.  All Leases of 
Equipment generally require the End-User to maintain, at its expense, casualty 
insurance covering damage to or loss of the Equipment during the Lease term 
or to self-insure against such risks, if approved in advance by the Seller or 
Vendor, as applicable.

     The Leases include both "TRUE LEASES" and leases intended for security 
as defined in Section 1-201(37) of the UCC.  Under a "TRUE LEASE," the lessor 
bears the risk of ownership (although the risk of loss of the Equipment is 
passed to the End-User under the Leases), takes any tax benefits associated 
with the ownership of depreciable property under applicable law and no title 
is conferred upon the lessee.  The lessee under a "TRUE LEASE" has the right 
to the temporary use of property for a term shorter than the economic life of 
such property in exchange for payments at scheduled intervals during the 
lease term and the lessor retains a significant "RESIDUAL" economic interest 
in the leased property.  See "RESIDUAL INVESTMENTS."  End of lease options 
for "TRUE LEASES" include purchase or renewal at fair market value.  Under 
leases intended for security, the lessor in effect finances the "PURCHASE" of 
the leased property by the lessee and retains a security interest in the 
leased property. The lessee retains the leased property for substantially all 
its economic life and the lessor retains no significant residual interest.  
Such leases are considered conditional sales type leases for federal income 
tax purposes and, accordingly, the lessor does not take any federal tax 
benefits associated with the ownership of depreciable property.  End of lease 
options for such Leases depend on the terms of the related individual lease 
agreement or MLA Supplement, but generally such terms provide for the 
purchase of the Equipment at a prestated price, which may be nominal.  The 
inclusion of "TRUE LEASES" in the Contract Pool will have no federal income 
tax impact on Noteholders since the Notes are treated as debt for federal 
income tax purposes although the inclusion of such leases may result in the 
imposition of state and local taxes which would reduce cash available for 
payment on the Notes.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS."  However, 
"TRUE LEASES" are treated differently under the Bankruptcy Code from leases 
intended for security. See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS--CERTAIN 
MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY."

     End-Users under a Lease are either prohibited from altering or modifying
the Equipment or may alter or modify the Equipment only to the extent the
alterations or modifications are readily removable without damage to the
Equipment. Under certain MLAs, the End-User may assign its rights and
obligations under the Lease, but only upon receiving the prior written consent
of the lessor, or may relocate the Equipment upon giving the lessor prompt
written notice of such relocation.  The right to grant or deny such consent or
to receive such written notice will be exercised by the Servicer pursuant to the
authority delegated to it in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Certain Leases
permit the End-User to substitute substantially identical leased Equipment for
leased Equipment scheduled to be returned to the lessor under the Lease.

     While the terms and conditions of the Leases do not generally permit 
cancellation by the End-User, certain Leases may be modified or terminated 
before the end of the Lease term.  Modifications to a Lease term or early 
Lease terminations may be permitted by the Seller, or by a Vendor, with the 
consent of the Seller, and are generally associated with additional financing 
opportunities from the same End-User.  End-Users may also negotiate with the 
Seller, at the Seller's discretion,  an early termination arrangement 
allowing the End-User to purchase the Equipment during the term of a Lease 
for an amount generally equal to or in excess of the present value of the 
remaining rental payments under the Lease plus the anticipated market value 
of the related Equipment as of the end of the Lease term.  In some 
circumstances, early termination of a Lease may be permitted in connection 
with the acquisition of new technology requiring replacement of the 
Equipment.  In such cases, the related Equipment is returned to the Vendor or 
Seller and an amount generally equal to the present value of the remaining 
rental payments under the Lease plus an early termination fee is paid by the 
End-User to the Seller.  Modifications usually involve repricing a Lease or 
modification of the Lease term.  Occasionally a Lease may be modified in 
connection with an increase in the capacity or performance of Equipment by 
adding additional Equipment that includes new technology.  Coincident with 
the financing of an upgrade to such Equipment, the Seller may reprice and 
extend the related base Lease term to be coterminous with the desired term of 
the Lease relating to the upgrade.  In certain cases, subject to certain 
conditions described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--PREPAID CONTRACTS," 
such base lease extensions may remain in the Contract Pool.  Newcourt USA 
expects, as Servicer, to continue to permit these modifications and 
terminations with respect to Leases included in the Contract Pool pursuant to 
the authority delegated to it in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, subject to 
certain conditions and covenants of the Servicer described under "DESCRIPTION 
OF THE NOTES--PREPAID CONTRACTS."

     In certain circumstances, the standard terms and conditions of the MLA are
modified at the inception of a Lease at the request of the End-User.  Such
modifications must either be approved by the Seller's legal department and
certain levels of management before the Seller will agree to enter into the
Lease or accept an assignment of the Lease from

                                       -40-

<PAGE>

a Vendor, or the Vendor must indemnify the Seller against any losses or 
damages it may suffer as a result of such modifications.  Common permitted 
modifications include, but are not limited to, (i) a one dollar purchase 
option at the end of the Lease term, (ii) prearranged mid-Lease purchase 
options, early termination options and lease extension options as described 
above, (iii) modifications to the lessor's equipment inspection rights, (iv) 
modifications to the End-User's insurance requirements permitting the 
End-User to self-insure against casualty to the Equipment, (v) the End-User's 
right to assign the Lease or sub-lease the Financed Items to an affiliated 
entity, so long as the End-User remains liable under the Lease and promptly 
notifies the lessor or its assignee of such assignment or sublease and (vi) 
extended grace periods for late payments of rent.

     SECURED NOTES.  The Seller also provides direct initial financing or
refinancing of Equipment and Software under secured promissory notes (each a
"SECURED NOTE"), which consist of an installment note and a separate security
agreement.  In an initial financing transaction, the Seller pays to the Vendor
the purchase price for the Equipment and Software and in a refinancing
transaction, the Seller pays off an End-User's existing financing source, and
the initial financing or refinancing is documented as a direct loan by the
Seller to the End-User of the Equipment or Software using a Secured Note.  In
the case of a refinancing transaction, upon payment to the existing financing
source, the Seller obtains a release of such party's lien on the financed
Equipment.  In either case, the Seller records its own lien against the financed
Equipment or Software and takes possession of the Secured Note. Except for the
lack of references to "SALE" or "PURCHASE" of Equipment, the terms and
conditions contained in a Secured Note are substantially similar to those
contained in a CSA.

     INSTALLMENT PAYMENT AGREEMENTS.  The Seller provides financing for 
certain Software license fees and related support and consulting services 
under installment payment supplements to software license agreements, 
separate IPAs as well as other forms of Financing Agreements assigned to the 
Seller by Vendors of Software.  Each such Financing Agreement is an unsecured 
obligation of the End-User; generally provides for a fixed schedule of 
payments with no End-User right of prepayment; is noncancellable for its term 
and generally contains a "HELL OR HIGH WATER" clause unconditionally 
obligating the End-User to make periodic payments, without setoff, at the 
times and in the amounts specified therein (in the event a Financing 
Agreement does not provide for noncancellability or a "HELL OR HIGH WATER" 
clause such Financing Agreement will have the benefit of a Vendor Guarantee 
(See "THE CONTRACTS - PROGRAM AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS"); permits the Vendor 
to assign the payment agreement to a third party (including the Seller) and 
include the End-User's agreement, upon such assignment, not to assert against 
such assignee any claims or defenses the End-User may have against the 
Vendor; and contains default and remedy provisions that generally include 
acceleration of amounts due and to become due and, in certain cases, the 
right of the Vendor, or the Seller by assignment, to terminate the underlying 
Software license and all related support and consulting activities.

EQUIPMENT

     The End-User Contracts and Secondary Contracts cover a wide variety of 
new and used equipment relating to a wide variety of new and used information 
technology equipment (such as mainframe and mini computers, computer work 
stations, personal computers, data storage devices and other computer related 
peripheral equipment), communications equipment (such as telephone switching 
and networking systems), commercial business and industrial equipment (such 
as printing presses, machine tools and other manufacturing equipment, 
photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office equipment, energy savings 
and control equipment, automotive diagnostic and automated testing 
equipment), medical equipment (such as diagnostic and therapeutic examination 
equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and ultrasound and laboratory 
analysis equipment), resources equipment (such as feller-bunchers and 
grapplers), and transportation and construction equipment (such as heavy and 
medium duty trucks and highway trailers, school buses, bulldozers, loaders, 
graters, excavators, forklifts and other materials handling equipment, golf 
carts and other road and off-road machinery) (collectively, the "EQUIPMENT"). 
 All of the interests of the Seller in the Equipment subject to each related 
End-User Contract (which consists or will consist of either title to the 
Equipment or a security interest in the Equipment) will be transferred to the 
Trust.

SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

     Certain of the End-User Contracts cover license fees and other fees owed 
by the End-Users under either perpetual or term software license agreements 
and other related agreements in connection with the use by such End-Users of 
computer software programs ("SOFTWARE"), and such End-User Contracts may also 
cover related support and consulting services which are provided by the 
Vendor, an affiliate thereof or a third party contract party and which 
facilitate the Obligors use of such software ("SERVICES").  No interest in 
the Software, the Software license agreement (other than the right to collect 
the payment of Software license fees and, in certain cases, to exercise 
certain rights and remedies under the Software license agreement or other 
agreements related thereto) or the related Services has been or will be 
conveyed to the Seller by either the Vendors or licensors of the Software or 
by the End-Users under the related End-User Contracts.  Consequently, the 
Trust will not have title to or a security interest in such Software, nor 
will it own such Services, and would not be able to realize any value 
therefrom under a related End-User Contract upon a default

                                       -41-

<PAGE>

by the End-User.  Equipment, Software and Services are collectively referred 
to as "FINANCED ITEMS".  It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that 
as of the Closing Date, no more than     % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool 
will consist of Software transactions.

VENDOR LOANS

     The Contracts may include limited recourse loan or repayment obligations 
(which may take the form of promissory notes with related security 
agreements) ("VENDOR LOANS") each of which is payable by a Vendor and secured 
by all of the Vendor's interest in an individual End-User Contract originated 
by such Vendor and by the Equipment related to such End-User Contract.

     Vendor Loans may be originated through, and incorporate terms and 
conditions of, a Program Agreement (including a Program Agreement under which 
End-User Contracts also are or may be originated by the Seller directly, or 
purchased by the Seller from the Vendor, in separate transactions not giving 
rise to Vendor Loans).  Vendor Loans generally are non-recourse to the 
Vendor, I.E., the Seller may obtain repayment solely from the proceeds of the 
End-User Contracts and related Equipment securing the Vendor Loan.  In a few 
instances, however, recourse to a Vendor for nonpayment of a Vendor Loan may 
be available through a limited recourse arrangement included in the related 
Program Agreement.  The repayment terms under a Vendor Loan, including 
periodic amounts payable and schedule of payments, correspond to the payment 
terms of the End-User under the End-User Contract collaterally assigned under 
such Vendor Loan. Each Vendor Loan either includes most, if not all, of the 
representations and warranties regarding the End-User Contract and related 
Equipment typically included in a Vendor Agreement, or incorporates such 
representations and warranties included in any related Program Agreement by 
reference.

PROGRAM AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS

     It is expected that a substantial portion of the End-User Contracts to 
be included in the Trust will consist of End-User Contracts originated by 
Vendors and assigned or pledged to the Seller pursuant to Program Agreements. 
Also, as described above, Vendor Loans may be originated through Program 
Agreements with the related Vendor.  The Seller's Program Agreements are 
agreements with Equipment manufacturers, dealers and distributors, or 
Software licensors or distributors, located in the United States ("VENDORS") 
which provides the Seller with the opportunity to finance transactions 
relating to the acquisition or use by an End-User of a Vendor's Equipment, 
Software, Services or other products.  Vendor finance arrangements provide 
the Seller with a steady, sustainable flow of new business, generally with 
lower costs of origination than asset-based financings marketed directly to 
end-users.  Many of the Program Agreements provide various forms of support 
to the Seller, including representations and warranties by the Vendor in 
respect of the End-User Contracts assigned by the Vendor to the Seller and 
related Equipment, Software or Services, credit support with respect to 
defaults by End-Users and equipment repurchase and remarketing arrangements 
upon early termination of End-User Contracts upon a default by the End-User.  
Some of the Program Agreements  take the form of a referral relationship 
which is less formal, and may or may not include credit or remarketing 
support to the Seller from the Vendor.

     Each Program Agreement (other than Program Agreements that only establish a
referral relationship) generally includes the following provisions, among
others:

          1.  Vendor representations, warranties and covenants regarding each
     End-User Contract assigned to the Seller, including among other things
     that: the obligations of the End-User under the assigned  End-User Contract
     are absolute, unconditional, noncancellable, enforceable in accordance with
     its terms and free from any rights of offset, counterclaim or defense; the
     Seller holds the sole original of the End-User Contract and has either
     title to or a first priority perfected security interest in the Equipment;
     the Equipment and the End-User Contract are free and clear of all liens,
     claims or encumbrances except for Permitted Liens; the Equipment or
     the Software has been irrevocably accepted by the End-User and will
     perform as warranted to the End-User; and the assigned End-User
     Contract was duly authorized and signed by the End-User.

          2.  Remedies in the event of a misrepresentation or breach of a
     warranty or covenant by the Vendor regarding an assigned End-User
     Contract, which usually require the Vendor to repurchase the affected
     End-User Contract for the Seller's investment balance in the End-User
     Contract plus costs incurred by the Seller in breaking any underlying
     funding arrangement (which may or may not be calculated in accordance
     with a specified formula).

          3.  In the case of End-User Contracts covering Equipment, remarketing
     support from the Vendor in the event of an End-User default and subsequent
     repossession or return of the Equipment

                                       -42-

<PAGE>

     under the End-User Contract (to assist the Seller in realizing proceeds
     from the Equipment assigned as collateral security to support the
     obligations of the End-User under the End-User Contract).

          4.  The right of the Seller to further assign its interests in
     assigned End-User Contracts, all payments thereunder and any related
     interest in Equipment.

     In addition to the foregoing, a Program Agreement may include recourse
against the Vendor with respect to End-User defaults under certain identified
End-User Contracts, either by specifying that the assignment of the End-User
Contract from the Vendor to the Seller is with full recourse against the Vendor,
by specifying that the Vendor will absorb a limited fixed dollar or percentage
amount of "FIRST LOSSES" on the Contract, or by inclusion of the End-User
Contract in an "ULTIMATE NET LOSS POOL" ("UNL POOL") created under the Program
Agreement as well as certain Vendor Guarantees ("Vendor Guarantees") with
respect to certain End-User Contracts which are "CANCELLABLE" or which do not
contain "HELL OR HIGH WATER" provisions.  In the event of an End-User default
under an End-User Contract which was assigned by the Vendor to the Seller
subject to the UNL Pool, the Seller may draw against the UNL Pool up to the
amount of the Seller's remaining unpaid investment balance in the defaulted
End-User Contract, but not in excess of the UNL Pool balance then available. 
Drawings may also be made against the UNL Pool with respect to End-User
Contracts that are not included in the Contract Pool and, accordingly, there can
be no assurance that any amounts contributed by a Vendor to the UNL Pool will be
available in the event of an End-User default under a End-User Contract included
in the Contract Pool.

     The manner in which End-User Contracts are assigned to the Seller by the
Vendors differs under each Program Agreement, depending upon the nature of the
Financed Items, the form of the End-User Contract, the accounting treatment
sought by the Vendor and the End-User, and certain tax considerations.

     For example, the Seller might (x) accept a Vendor Loan and collateral 
assignment of the End-User Contract and related Equipment (or security 
interest therein) from the Vendor, or (y) accept a full assignment of such 
End-User Contract and either (i) a collateral assignment of the related 
Equipment (or security interest therein) from the Vendor, which collateral 
assignment secures the End-User's obligations under the End-User Contract or 
(ii) in the case of Leases, title to the Equipment.  The Seller also may 
receive, from a Vendor with respect to Software, a full assignment of leases, 
installment payment agreements, installment payment supplements to license 
agreements, and other types of financing agreements used in financing 
Software license payments and related support and consulting services.  Such 
assignments may include an assignment of the Software Vendor's or licensor's 
right, or the agreement of the Vendor or licensor (at the Seller's 
instructions), to terminate the software license covered by the End-User 
Contract and suspend related support in the event of an End-User default 
under the End-User Contract.  In some cases, the Software Vendor also agrees 
not to relicense the same or similar software to a defaulted End-User for 
some period of time (E.G., one year) unless the End-User cures its default.

     It is also expected that some portion of the End-User Contracts included
in the Contract Pool, especially in the case of CSAs, will consist of End-User
Contracts originated by Vendors and assigned to the Seller pursuant to Vendor
Assignments, each of which relates to an individual End-User Contract, rather
than pursuant to a Program Agreement.  Each Vendor Assignment will either be
made with or without recourse against the Vendor for End-User defaults and will
generally contain many, if not all, of the representations, warranties and
covenants typically contained in Program Agreements, as well as a Vendor
repurchase requirement in the event of a breach by the Vendor of such
representations, warranties or covenants.  Vendor Assignments may or may not
provide for any Vendor remarketing support in the event of an End-User default. 

RESIDUAL INVESTMENTS

     The Seller may finance all or a portion of the residual interest in the
Equipment under certain Program Agreements and under direct transactions between
the Obligor and the Seller. (Any investment by the Seller in such residual
interest shall be referred to as a "RESIDUAL INVESTMENT".)  Certain Program
Agreements provide that the Seller may, at its sole discretion and in connection
with the funding of a "TRUE LEASE" of Equipment make a Residual Investment in
the Equipment subject to a Contract by advancing additional funds against a
portion of the anticipated residual value

                                       -43-

<PAGE>

of the Equipment, and not just against the discounted present value of the 
rental payments due under the End-User Contract.  Such Residual Investments 
may take the form of an advance of the present value of some specified 
percentage of the anticipated residual value of the Equipment or a specified 
percentage (generally not greater than 10%) of the amount to be paid by the 
Seller in funding the present value of the rental payments due under the 
End-User Contract. Certain transactions involving Vendor Assignments result 
in the Seller advancing the entire purchase price of the Equipment subject to 
a "TRUE LEASE", taking title to the Equipment, and accepting an assignment of 
the "TRUE LEASE" Contract from a Vendor. Certain direct transactions between 
the Obligor under a "TRUE LEASE" Contract and the Seller also result in the 
Seller advancing the entire purchase price of the Equipment to the Vendor, 
taking title to the Equipment from the Vendor, and entering into a "TRUE 
LEASE" Contract with the Obligor (with the Seller named as "LESSOR" under 
such Contract).  In either of the two foregoing types of transactions, the 
Seller will have advanced more than the discounted present value of the rents 
payable under the "TRUE LEASE" Contracts by paying the purchase price for the 
Equipment, and so will have made a Residual Investment in the Equipment.

     In some Program Agreements, the Seller may make the Residual Investment in
the form of a full recourse loan of additional funds to the Vendor, repayable by
the Vendor at the expiration or termination of the End-User Contract with
interest, secured by a security interest in the Equipment covered by the
End-User Contract. In some transactions involving Vendor Assignments or direct
transactions with Obligors under "TRUE LEASE" Contracts, the Seller may obtain
the obligation of either the Vendor or the Obligor to purchase the Equipment at
the end of the Lease term for the full amount of the Seller's Residual
Investment in such Equipment with interest thereon.  (Any such transaction in
which the Seller may look to either the Vendor or the Obligor, and not just the
value of Equipment itself, to recover its Residual Investment with interest
shall be referred to as a "GUARANTEED RESIDUAL INVESTMENT"). It is a condition
to the issuance of the Notes that as of the related Closing Date, after giving
effect to any Addition on such date, the aggregate amount of Guaranteed Residual
Investments included in the Contract Pool will not exceed __% of the ADCB of the
Contract Pool.  Other than Guaranteed Residual Investments, a Residual
Investment is not included in the Discounted Contract Balance of any End-User
Contract and, therefore, is not financed with the proceeds of the Notes.

     Other than a Guaranteed Residual Investment, the Residual Investment 
associated with any End-User Contract included in the Contract Pool has not 
been and will not be purchased by the Trust Depositor from the Seller under 
the Transfer and Sale Agreement, and, accordingly, will not be sold to the 
Trust under the Pooling Agreement. The Trust's interest in End-User Contracts 
with associated Residual Investments (other than Guaranteed Residual 
Investments) will be limited to the discounted present value of the rental 
payments due under the End-User Contract and a security interest in the 
related Equipment. Seller may assign its Residual Investment (other than a 
Guaranteed Residual Investment) to a third party (a "RESIDUAL ASSIGNEE"), 
including the security interest in the Equipment in respect of such Residual 
Investment (the "SUBORDINATED RESIDUAL INTEREST"), either prior to the 
inclusion of the related End-User Contract in the Contract Pool or 
thereafter. Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to 
the Trust Depositor and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement the Trust 
Depositor will warrant and covenant to the Trust, that any Subordinated 
Residual Interest will be subordinated to the interests of the Seller and the 
Trust, respectively, and that any Residual Assignee will bear the full risk 
of any deficiency in respect of the Residual Investment as a result of prior 
satisfaction of the Trust's interest in the End-User Contract and the related 
Equipment.

CONTRACT FILES

     The Seller will indicate in the appropriate computer files relating to the
Transferred Contracts that such Contracts have been transferred to the Trust for
the benefit of the Noteholders.  The Seller will also deliver to the Indenture
Trustee a computer file or microfiche or written list containing a true and
complete list of all Contracts which have been  transferred to the Trust,
identified by account number and by the Discounted Contract Balance as of the
Cutoff Date. 

COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS  

     All collections received with respect to the Contracts will be allocated as
described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS".  Prepayments
will be given effect as of the last day of the Collection Period in which they
are received and Scheduled Payments of principal made in advance of their due
date will be given effect on their due date.

                                       -44-

<PAGE>

                         PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     The rate of principal payments on the Notes, the aggregate amount of 
each interest payment on the Notes and the yield to maturity of the Notes are 
directly related to the rate of payments on the underlying Contracts.  The 
payments on such Contracts may be in the form of Scheduled Payments, 
Prepayments or liquidations due to default, casualty and other events, which 
cannot be specified at present.  Any such payments may result in 
distributions to Noteholders of amounts which would otherwise have been 
distributed over the remaining term of the Contracts.  In general, the rate 
of such payments may be influenced by a number of factors, including 
general economic conditions. The rate of principal payments with respect to 
any Class may also be affected by any repurchase by the Trust Depositor 
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (and contemporaneously therewith 
by the Seller from the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement), whether as a result of a breach of representation or warranty as 
to such Contract constituting a Warranty Contract as defined herein, or at 
the Trust Depositor's and Seller's option upon satisfaction of the Cleanup 
Call Condition (and, in the case of Warranty Contracts, such rate of 
prepayment would also be influenced by the Trust Depositor's decision not to 
repurchase such Warranty Contract and instead, to accept a Substitute 
Contract therefor as described below).  In the event of a repurchase, the 
repurchase price will decrease the Discounted Contract Balance of the 
Contracts, leading to a principal repayment and causing the corresponding 
weighted average life of the Notes to decrease.  See "RISK FACTORS -- 
PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS AFFECT THE YIELD OF THE NOTES."

     In the event a Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, an Adjusted 
Contract or a Warranty Contract (each as defined herein), the Seller will 
have the option to substitute for the affected Contract another of similar 
characteristics (a "SUBSTITUTE CONTRACT"), subject to an overall limitation, 
in respect of Defaulted Contracts or Adjusted Contracts only, of an aggregate 
amount not to exceed 15% of the ADCB of the Contracts as of the Cutoff Date.  
 In addition, in the event of an Early Termination Contract (as defined 
herein) which has been prepaid in full, the Seller will have the option to 
transfer to the Trust through the Trust Depositor, and the Trust Depositor 
may cause the Trust to reinvest such prepayment proceeds in, an additional 
Contract of similar characteristics (an "ADDITIONAL CONTRACT").  The 
Substitute Contracts and Additional Contracts will have a Discounted Contract 
Balance equal to or greater than that of the Contracts being modified and/or 
replaced and the monthly payments on the Substitute Contracts or Additional 
Contracts will be at least equal to those of the replaced Contracts through 
the term of such replaced Contracts and shall provide for a last scheduled 
payment which is not in excess of the Contract substituted for unless the 
Servicer discounts the Substitute Contract's cash flows up to and including 
such last scheduled payment.  In the event that an Early Termination is 
allowed by the Servicer and an Additional Contract is not provided, the 
amount prepaid (whether by the related Obligor, or through a combination of 
payments from the related Obligor and the Seller/Servicer) will be equal to 
at least the Discounted Contract Balance of the terminated Contract, plus any 
delinquent payments.

     The effective yield to holders of the Notes will depend upon, among 
other things, the amount of and rate at which principal is paid to such 
Noteholders. The after-tax yield to Noteholders may be affected by lags 
between the time interest income accrues to Noteholders and the time the 
related interest income is received by the Noteholders.

     The following chart sets forth the percentage of the Initial Principal 
Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes and Class C 
Notes which would be outstanding on the Distribution Dates set forth below 
assuming a conditional payment rate (a "Conditional Payment Rate" or "CPR") of 
0.00%, 5.00%, 10.0% and 15.0%, respectively. Such information is hypothetical 
and is set forth for illustrative purposes only.  The CPR assumes that a 
fraction of the outstanding Contract Pool is prepaid on each Distribution 
Date, which implies that each Contract in the Contract Pool is equally likely 
to prepay.  The CPR measures prepayments based on the outstanding Discounted 
Contract Balances of the Contracts, after the payment of all Scheduled 
Payments on the Contracts during such Collection Period. The CPR further 
assumes that all Contracts are the same size and amortize at the same rate 
and that each Contact will be either paid as scheduled or prepaid in full. 
The amounts set forth below are based upon the timely receipt of scheduled 
monthly Contract payments as of the Cutoff Date, assumes that the Trust 
Depositor does not exercise its option to cause a redemption of the Notes in 
connection with the Cleanup Call Conditon, and assumes the Closing Date is 
_______________________, 1997.

                                       -45-

<PAGE>

           PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL CLASS A-1, CLASS A-2 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT,
                          INITIAL CLASS B PRINCIPAL AMOUNT,
                         AND INITIAL CLASS C PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                        AT THE RESPECTIVE CPR SET FORTH BELOW

                      0.00% CPR                       5.00% CPR


  Issuance   Class    Class   Class  Class    Class  Class    Class   Class
    Date      A-1      A-2      B      C       A-1    A-2       B       C




                      10.0% CPR                       15.0% CPR


  Issuance   Class    Class   Class  Class    Class  Class    Class   Class
    Date      A-1      A-2      B      C       A-1    A-2       B       C





                            WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE (YEARS)

     If the Trust Depositor exercises its option to cause a redemption of
     the Notes in connection with the Cleanup Call Condition, the average
     life of the Class A -1 Notes would be ____ years and ____ years, the
     average life of the Class A-2 Notes would be ___ years and ___ years,
     the average life of the Class B Notes would be ____ years and ____
     years, and the average life of the Class C Notes would be ____ years
     and ____ years for the     % CPR and    % CPR scenarios, respectively.

     The weighted average life of a Class A-1 Note, a Class A-2 Note, a Class 
     B Note or a Class C Note is determined by (a) multiplying the amount of 
     cash distributions in reduction of the outstanding Class A-1 Principal
     Amount, outstanding Class A-2 Principal Amount, outstanding Class B
     Principal Amount or outstanding Class C Principal Amount, as the case
     may be, on any given Distribution Date by the number of months from the
     Closing Date to such Distribution Date on which each such principal 
     payment is made, (b) adding the results, and (c) dividing the sum by the
     Initial Class A-1 Principal Amount, Initial Class A-2 Principal Amount,
     Initial Class B Principal Amount or Initial Class C Principal Amount, as 
     the case may be.


                                       -46-

<PAGE>                                           
                              NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC.
                             NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC.
                                           

NEWCOURT USA

     Newcourt USA was incorporated on January 8, 1992 in Delaware and is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA, Inc.  Newcourt USA 
originates and acquires conditional sales agreements, leases, secured 
promissory notes, installment purchase agreements and other similar types of 
financing agreements through various vendor programs covering a variety of 
transportation, construction, information technology, communications, 
commercial and industrial, and resource equipment.  The company's vendor 
financing arrangements are typically structured as (i) direct originations 
with customers and end-users of a vendor's products, either with or without 
recourse, or (ii) assignments of contracts, either with or without recourse, 
by a vendor to Newcourt USA.

     Newcourt USA's principal executive offices are located at Bank One 
Tower, 111 Monument Circle, Suite 2700, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 and its 
telephone number is (317) 767-0077.  At September 30, 1997, Newcourt USA had 
__ full-time employees and serviced approximately ____ accounts, including 
approximately $____ in owned and managed assets.  Newcourt USA is a 
one-hundred percent (100%) owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA, 
which is a one-hundred percent (100%) owned subsidiary of Newcourt. 

NEWCOURT

     Newcourt is an independent financial services company which originates 
and manages asset-based financings.  Newcourt was formed in 1984 as an 
investment bank which originated and structured asset based financings for 
the corporate and institutional asset finance market and syndicated such 
financings to Canadian financial institutions. In 1988, Newcourt broadened 
its activities to include vendor and direct equipment financing. With owned 
and managed assets in excess of Canadian $__________, Newcourt is one of 
North America's leading non-bank financial institutions.

     Newcourt and its subsidiaries originate their asset-based financings by 
providing services to specific segments of the vendor asset finance market 
and corporate and institutional asset finance market. Newcourt's strategy has 
been to sell and manage, rather than own, the majority of the finance assets 
it and its subsidiaries originate, thereby reducing its capital requirements. 
Consequently, Newcourt's consolidated revenues are generated primarily by 
gains and fees earned from the sale of financings it and its subsidiaries 
originate and by management fees earned following such sales.

     Newcourt's principal executive offices are located at BCE Place, 181 Bay 
Street, Suite 3500, P.O. Box 827, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2T3 and its 
telephone number is (416) 594-2400. Newcourt has 24 North American offices 
and one overseas office. The servicing obligations of Newcourt USA as 
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement will be guaranteed by 
Newcourt.

     As of June 30, 1996, Newcourt had total assets of $______ compared with 
$______ as of June 30, 1996, total liabilities of $______ compared with 
$________ as of June 30, 1996, shareholder's equity of $______ compared with 
$_______  as of June 30, 1996 and total revenues and net income of $________ 
and $________, respectively, for the period ended June 30, 1997, compared 
with $_______ and $________, respectively, for the period ended June 30, 
1996.  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, Newcourt had total assets 
of $_________ compared with $_________ as of December 31, 1996, total 
liabilities of $_________ compared with $_________ as of December 31, 1996, 
shareholder's equity of $_________ compared with $_________ as of 
December 31, 1996 and total revenues and net income of $_________ and 
$_________, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 compared
with $_________ and $_________, respectively, for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1996. 

CREDIT UNDERWRITING PROCESS

     As part of its credit underwriting procedures (which procedures in all 
material respects are the same procedures utilized by Newcourt), Newcourt USA 
reviews the creditworthiness of the End-User, the value of the Financed Items 
and the creditworthiness of the Vendor. Newcourt has designed and Newcourt 
USA uses specific credit philosophies, credit standards and processes for 
each of its marketing units, which are enumerated in Newcourt's Credit 
Manual. Newcourt's philosophy is that credit adjudication policies and 
procedures require strict adherence to the Credit Manual. The underwriting 
policies detailed in Newcourt's Credit Manual include, but are not limited 
to, (i) clearly defined underwriting criteria for each business segment, (ii) 
within each individual business segment, strict guidelines for certain 
equipment types and End-User types, (iii) the use of two forms of credit 
rating (as described below) on every approved transaction that quantify the 
financial strength of the End-User and the overall perceived risk rating of 
the transaction being approved and (iv) a requirement that asset financings 
must normally carry a credit rating of BBB or better on the covenant-based 
rating system and a credit rating of 3 or better on the asset-based rating 
system.

     If a potential End-User is publicly rated by an independent ratings 
agency for a similarly structured debt instrument, the public rating is used 
as the covenant-based rating. If a potential End-User is not publicly rated, 
it will be scored on a covenant-based rating system with six categories 
ranging from AAA to single B. This system is based on the methods commonly 
used to rate public and private debt issues which Newcourt USA has adapted to 
suit equipment financing and leasing transactions. The system is based on 
four key financial ratios: return on assets, long-term debt to equity, cash 
flow to long-term debt and interest coverage. Qualitative considerations 
include the reputation of the Vendor as well as existing vendor recourse 
agreements. Allowance is also made for being fully secured on the 
transaction. Newcourt USA and its subsidiaries will limit new financing 
commitments with potential End-Users.

                                       -47-

<PAGE>

that are rated a single B. With potential End-Users rated BB or lower, 
significant credit enhancements would be required, such as an extremely 
strong security position or full corporate guarantees from creditworthy 
companies, for any credit exposure to be considered. Newcourt USA's goal is 
to maintain a credit quality of its portfolio of End-Users of BBB or better.

     In addition, an asset-based rating system has been developed by Newcourt 
and used by Newcourt USA to score every potential transaction in five 
categories ranging from 1 to 5. This system takes into account a broader 
range of factors than the covenant-based rating system, combining certain key 
financial ratios with collateral and business considerations. The evaluation 
of collateral examines the remarketability of the assets as well as the 
length of the finance term relative to the economic life of the assets. 
Newcourt USA will not, under normal circumstances, enter into any new 
transaction with a potential End-User rating a 5 and will enter into a new 
transaction with a potential End-User rating a 4 only in special 
circumstances. Newcourt USA's goal is to maintain an overall credit quality 
of 3 or better throughout its portfolio.

     Credit review procedures require the preparation of a credit application 
outlining the structure and purpose of the transaction, the background and 
business of the proposed End-User and the reasons of the source account 
executive for recommending approval. Newcourt's credit guidelines require 
financial statements covering three fiscal years and interim financial 
information if the most recent year-end financial statement is more than six 
months out of date. If the assigned credit officer makes an initial 
determination that the request has sufficient merit to consider an approval 
and sufficient information is provided, the credit officer will prepare a 
full credit report and financial analysis which includes expanded basic 
information, an analysis of the financial condition, performance and 
covenants of the proposed End-User, a review of the proposed End-User's 
banking facilities and contacts with credit agencies, and collateral and 
exposure analyses. The transaction will be assigned a grade based on the two 
credit rating systems described above. If a favorable credit report approved 
by the credit officer is completed, approval of the new business is made at 
the appropriate level, depending on the size of the transaction. In cases in 
which credit approval is permitted to be made by a senior credit manager, 
such approvals are reviewed on a regular basis by a corporate vice president 
to ensure adherence to the appropriate approval policies. Credit 
authorization levels are reviewed at least annually by a committee of 
Newcourt's Board of Directors and approved by the Board of Directors.

     Newcourt's current policy is to perform a written annual review on 
every account with an outstanding book value equal to or in excess of 
$500,000 (Canadian). In addition, standard documentation requires the 
End-User to provide annual financial statements within 120 days of its fiscal 
year-end and certain transactions may require quarterly or semi-annual 
financial statements as a condition of approval. If, based upon such 
financial statements, a credit officer determines that there appears to be a 
financial impairment in the End-User's repayment ability, a formal review 
will also be performed for accounts with an outstanding book value less than 
$500,000 (Canadian).

     In initially establishing a Program Agreement or other form of financing 
arrangement with a Vendor, Newcourt USA completes a formal underwriting 
review of such Vendor to ensure that the Vendor can perform the financial and 
other obligations contained in any Vendor Agreement. This review encompasses 
a financial review, a product review (including an analysis of market 
acceptance of the Vendor's products) and a general operational and managerial 
review of the Vendor.

     Vendors must be established in their field and must market 
industry-accepted Equipment or other products. The Vendor must have a history 
of success, maintain a substantial market position and have sufficient 
financial resources to support the financing relationship contemplated by 
Newcourt USA.

     Program Agreements are continually monitored by Newcourt USA. Formal 
annual reviews are undertaken on each Vendor which cover general financial, 
operating and performance review as well as performance under the Program 
Agreement.

CONTRACT COLLECTIONS

     Newcourt USA's portfolio management unit will be responsible for the
ongoing management of portfolios.

     Newcourt USA will generate and mail to the End-Users monthly invoices 
and statements summarizing the account activity and current invoicing 
details. The invoiced amount will represent the contracted repayment amount 
under the End-User Contract inclusive of applicable taxes, if any. Copies of 
the invoices and statements will also be distributed to the appropriate 
offices of Newcourt USA for review.

     Newcourt USA's portfolio management unit will also be responsible for 
the preparation of monthly reports on past due, delinquent and problem 
accounts, the collection and administration of such accounts, the preparation 
and recommendation of requests for account restructuring and/or payment 
rescheduling, and asset remarketing in cases of repossession or end of lease 
equipment returns. The approval required in the case of End-User requests for 
account

                                       -48-

<PAGE>

restructuring and/or payment rescheduling will be the same as that required 
for a new transaction, as set forth in Newcourt USA's Credit Manual. Such 
restructuring and/or rescheduling generally will only be approved in cases 
where it is believed that an End-User's financial difficulties are only 
temporary and that the security value will not be seriously impaired by such 
undertaking. Newcourt USA has no set policy on the timing of repossession, 
but its practice is to proceed to repossess as soon as required and usually 
no later than when an account is 120 days past due. In such situations, 
Vendors may decide to make payments on behalf of an End-User or, under 
certain Vendor Agreements, Vendors may be responsible for remarketing the 
repossessed Equipment.

CASH COLLECTIONS

     Payments by End-Users of amounts payable under their respective 
Contracts are made by check mailed to a Newcourt USA's post office box or 
wire transfer to a Newcourt USA's lock-box account. Invoices mailed to an 
End-User instruct the End-User to forward payment to a post office box for 
processing by a lock-box bank. End-Users that wish to remit by wire transfer 
are provided with wire transfer instructions to remit to a lock-box account.

     Invoices sent to End-Users contain a remittance advice. The lock-box 
bank processes the deposits and credits the appropriate Newcourt bank 
accounts daily. A daily summary of deposits received by the lock box bank is 
forwarded to Newcourt USA, together with copies of the remittance advices and 
any other information passed along with the payment. Newcourt USA then 
matches the remittance advices to the cash deposits and applies the payments 
to the End-Users' accounts. Amounts received from an End-User with respect to 
a Secondary Contract are applied to the related Vendor Loan and reduce, on a 
dollar-for-dollar basis, amounts due under such Secondary Contract and 
related Vendor Loan. Unmatched deposits are recorded as unapplied cash for 
further review and processing after investigation by Newcourt USA.

WRITE-OFF POLICY

     When the recoverability of an account is in question, or if the 
underlying collateral with respect to an account has been repossessed, 
Newcourt USA generally will suspend the accrual of income on that account for 
Newcourt USA's own accounting purposes.

     Upon the repossession of collateral, an evaluation of the collateral 
involved is immediately undertaken in order to establish a liquidation value. 
After a liquidation value has been established, the difference between the 
net book value of the account at the time of income suspension and the 
liquidation value, if less than the net book value of the account, is stated 
as a "LIKELY LOSS." The "LIKELY LOSS" amount may change, upward or downward, 
over a period of time as more current or detailed information on the 
collateral is obtained. When the collateral is sold, the difference between 
the net book value of the account and the actual net sales proceeds, if less 
than the net book value of the account, will be written off. If, however, 
there is any potential for future recovery, the account will continue to be 
followed for the recovery of any deficiency balance.

                                 THE TRUST DEPOSITOR

     The Trust Depositor is a wholly-owned bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of 
Newcourt Credit Group USA, formed solely for the purpose of acquiring from 
the Seller Contracts and Equipment as well as certain other financial assets 
from time to time and either issuing debt securities secured by, or selling 
interests in, identifiable fixed or revolving pools of such assets, or 
conveying or depositing the same into trusts or other securitization 
vehicles.  As a bankruptcy-remote entity, the Trust Depositor's operations 
will be restricted so that (a) it does not engage in business with, or incur 
liabilities to, any other entity (other than the Indenture Trustee on behalf 
of the Noteholders and the trustees or collateral agents on behalf of other 
securityholders under indentures, security agreements, pooling agreements or 
similar agreements or undertakings which provide for essentially nonrecourse, 
asset-backed financings) which may bring bankruptcy proceedings against the 
Trust Depositor and (b) the risk that it will be consolidated into the 
bankruptcy proceedings of any other entity is diminished. The Trust Depositor 
will have no other assets available to pay amounts owing under the Indenture 
except the Trust Assets, including the Contracts and the interests in the 
Equipment, the proceeds thereof and the amounts on deposit in the Collection 
Account and the Reserve Fund.  The Trust Depositor's address is 111 Monument 
Circle, Suite 2700, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204, and its phone number is
(317) 767-0077.

     As of the Cutoff Date, the Trust Depositor will convey to the Trust, 
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Contracts which were sold to 
the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement.

     The Trust Depositor has taken steps in structuring the transactions 
contemplated hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or 
involuntary application for relief by Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt 
USA under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws 
or applicable laws of other countries ("INSOLVENCY LAWS") will not result in 
the consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Trust Depositor with 
those of Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt USA and its affiliates. These 
steps include incorporating the Trust Depositor as a separate, special 
purpose company pursuant to a certificate of incorporation containing certain 
restrictions on the nature of its business and its ability to commence a 
voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or to 
cause the Trust to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any 
bankruptcy or insolvency law, without the affirmative vote of all of its 
directors, including its independent directors, and the requirement, set 
forth in the Trust Depositor's certificate of incorporation, that at all 
times no less than one member of the Board of Directors of the Trust 
Depositor will be an individual who has not been, within the previous five 
years, affiliated with Newcourt or any of its affiliates other than the Trust 
Depositor, the Trust and other trusts formed for similar operations (Newcourt 
and each of its affiliates other than the Trust Depositor, the Trust and 
other trusts formed for similar operations, a "NEWCOURT ENTITY"). However, 
there can be no assurance that the activities of the Trust Depositor would 
not result in a court concluding that the assets and liabilities of the Trust 
Depositor should be consolidated with those of Newcourt Credit Group USA or 
Newcourt USA in a proceeding under any Insolvency Law. See "Risk 
Factors-Certain Legal Risks" and "Certain Legal Risks of the Contacts-Certain 
Matters Relating to Bankruptcy". In such event there is no assurance that the 
Trust would not become a debtor in such a bankruptcy case as well.

     The Trust Depositor will receive, on the Closing Date, a reasoned 
opinion from its counsel concluding (although there is no case litigated on 
the merits directly in point) that, subject to certain assumptions and 
qualifications specified therein, in the event a Newcourt Entity were to 
become a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code, a bankruptcy court would 
not, on motion of such Newcourt Entity, as debtor-in-possession, or any other 
party in interest in such case, (a) substantively consolidate the Trust 
Depositor and Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt USA or (b) substantively 
consolidate the Trust and Newcourt Credit Group USA or Newcourt USA. The 
opinion assumes, among other things, that (a) the Trust Depositor and the 
Trust will adhere to specified operating procedures including, without 
limitation, (i) that at all times no less than one member of the Board of 
Directors of the Trust Depositor will be an individual who has not been, 
within the previous five years, affiliated with any Newcourt Entity, (ii) the 
Trust's business will be run by officers and employees of the Indenture 
Trustee, (iii) the Trust Depositor will maintain its own payroll and separate 
books of account and will maintain an office space separate from any Newcourt 
Entity, (iv) neither the Trust Depositor nor the Trust will, except as 
provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, commingle any of its money or 
other assets with those of any Newcourt Entity, (v) the Trust Depositor and 
the Trust will maintain separate bank accounts in its own name or in the name 
of the Trust Depositor and (vi) except for the obligations under the Transfer 
and Sale Agreement and similar obligations under similar agreements, neither 
the Trust Depositor nor the Trust will acquire obligations or seucrities of, 
or make loans or advances to, any Newcourt Entity, (b) the Trust Depositor 
and the Trust will maintain an arm's-length relationship in all transactions 
with each Newcourt Entity, (c) the purchase price for the Contracts set forth 
in the Transfer and Sale Agreement represents fair and reasonably equivalent 
value for the sale of the Contracts transferred thereunder to the Trust 
Depositor, (d) the financing provided by the issuance of the Notes 
constitutes a practical and reasonable course of action designed to improve 
the financial position of Newcourt without impairing the rights of its 
creditors and (e) the financing provided by the issuance of the Notes is 
being effected in furtherance of Newcourt's ongoing business operations and 
not in contemplation of bankruptcy. The opinion is not binding on any court. 
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that a court will not reach a 
different conclusion. If a court concluded otherwise, or if an attempt were 
made to litigate any of the foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the 
Notes and possible reductions in the amount of payments of principal of and 
interest on the Notes could occur.

     The Trust Depositor will not acquire any assets other than Trust Assets 
and other assets transferred to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer 
and Sale Agreement or other equipment and contracts transferred to the Trust 
Depositor pursuant to similar agreements, including operating and finance 
leases, loans, installment payment obligations, receivables and other 
obligations received from Newcourt or its affiliates.

                                       -49-

<PAGE>

                               DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

     The statements under this caption are summaries, do not purport to be
complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by reference to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture ( the "OPERATIVE DOCUMENTS").
Copies of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture have been filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

GENERAL

     The Notes will consist of four Classes, the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2
Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes.  The Notes will be issued
pursuant to the Indenture between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee.  Another
class of Notes, the Subordinated Notes, will also be issued but are not being
offered pursuant to this Prospectus.  The following summary describes the
material terms of the Notes and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

     The Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes will
initially be represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of
the nominee of DTC (together with any successor depositary selected by the Trust
Depositor, the "Depositary"), except as set forth below. The Notes will be
available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral
multiples thereof in book-entry form.  The Trust Depositor has been informed by
DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede.  See "--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and
"--DEFINITIVE NOTES" below.  Only the Notes will be offered hereby.

     The Indenture Trustee  will be granted a first priority lien on the Trust
Assets to secure the Notes; PROVIDED, that distributions on the Notes (and each
Class thereof) will be allocated as provided herein.  The Notes are nonrecourse
obligations of the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations
of either the Seller, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, or any affiliate
thereof.

INTEREST

     Interest on the Notes will be payable on each of the Distribution Dates
occurring on or prior to the earlier of (i) the date of payment in full of such
Notes and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Notes.  Interest will accrue at the
applicable Class A-1 Interest Rate, Class A-2 Interest Rate, Class B Interest
Rate or Class C Interest Rate, for the period from and including the most recent
Distribution Date on which interest has been paid (or, in the case of the
initial Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date) to but excluding
the following Distribution Date (each period for which interest accrues on the
Notes, an "ACCRUAL PERIOD") on the outstanding principal amount of such Notes as
of the first day of such Accrual Period.

     Interest on the Class A-1 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date (and after application of such Available Amounts 
to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances and  to pay the Servicing Fee)
subject to the limitation described in the next succeeding paragraph. Such
Available Amounts represent primarily collections of payments due under the
Contracts, certain amounts received upon the prepayment or purchase of Contracts
or liquidation of the Contracts and disposition of the related Equipment upon
defaults thereunder, proceeds of Servicer Advances, if any, as well as amounts
in the Reserve Fund, if any.  

     Interest on the Class A-2 Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes; provided, however, after the
occurrence of an Event of Default, or after the occurrence of, and during the
continuance of a Restricting Event, interest on the Class A-2 Notes will be paid
pro  rata with the Class A-1 Notes.

     Interest on the Class B Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes.  

     Interest on the Class C Notes is payable on a Distribution Date from
Available Amounts on such date, but after the application of such Available
Amounts to repay any outstanding Servicer Advances, to pay the Servicing Fee,
and to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 and the Class B Notes.

PRINCIPAL

     The stated maturity of the Class A-1 Notes is the          Distribution
Date (the "Class A-1 Maturity Date").  The Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes
and the Class C Notes will have a stated maturity of            , 200    (the
"MATURITY DATE").

                                       -50-

<PAGE>

However, if all payments on the Contracts are made as scheduled, final 
payment with respect to the Notes would occur prior to stated maturity.

     Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on each Distribution 
Date in an amount equal to the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount for such 
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but 
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
Servicing Fee and interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes.

     Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable on each Distribution 
Date in an amount equal  to the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount for such 
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but 
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes and 
the payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount.  See "--ALLOCATIONS" 
herein.

      Principal of the Class B Notes will be payable on each Distribution 
Date in an amount equal to the Class B Principal Payment Amount for such 
Distribution Date  to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, 
but after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, 
the Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes, 
and the payment of the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount and the Class A-2 
Principal Payment Amount.  See "--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     Principal of the Class C Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date 
in an amount equal to the Class C Principal Payment Amount for such 
Distribution Date to the extent Available Amounts are available therefor, but 
after payment from such Available Amounts of unpaid Servicer Advances, the 
Servicing Fee, interest payments on the Notes and the Subordinated Notes, and 
the payment of the Class A -1 Principal Payment Amount, the Class A-2 
Principal Payment Amount, and the Class B Principal Payment Amount.  See 
"--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

     The Notes will mature and be due and payable on their respective 
Maturity Dates.  Prior thereto, amounts to be applied in reduction of the 
outstanding Principal Amount of any Note, including the payment of the Class 
A-1 Principal Payment Amount, Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, Class B 
Principal Payment Amount or Class C Principal Payment Amount payable on any 
Distribution Date, will not be due and payable, although the failure of the 
Trust Depositor or Servicer to remit any Available Amounts (including 
Available Amounts to be used to make a Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount, a 
Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount, a Class B Principal Payment Amount or a 
Class C Principal Payment Amount) will, after the applicable grace period, 
constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.  See "--EVENTS OF DEFAULT".

     As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

          The "ADCB" or "AGGREGATE DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" with
     respect to the Contracts means the sum of the Discounted Contract
     Balances of each Contract included in the group of Contracts for which
     an ADCB determination is being made.

          "AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means, for any group of Notes at
     any date of determination, the sum of the Principal Amounts of such
     Notes at such date.

          "APPLICABLE CLASS PERCENTAGE" means (a) prior to the occurrence
     of an Event of Default, or prior to the occurrence and during the
     continuance of a Restricting Event,  for any outstanding Class of
     Notes for which a determination of Applicable Class Percentage is
     required to be made hereunder (i) prior to the payment in full of the
     Class A-1 Notes, 0%; and (ii) thereafter, the ratio (expressed as a
     percentage) that the Initial Principal Amount of such Class of Notes
     or Subordinated Notes bears to the sum of the Initial Principal Amount
     of all Classes of Notes and Subordinated Notes (other than the Class
     A-1 Notes); and (b) following the occurrence of an Event of Default,
     or following the occurrence and during the continuance of a
     Restricting Event (i) for the Class A-2 Notes, 0% until all
     outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes has been paid in full,
     then 100% until all outstanding principal of the Class A-2 Notes has
     been paid in full and thereafter 0%; (ii)  for the Class B Notes, 0%
     until all outstanding principal of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2
     Notes has been paid in full, then  100% until all outstanding
     principal of the Class B Notes has been paid in full, and thereafter
     0%; (iii)  for the Class C Notes,  0% until all outstanding principal
     of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and Class B Notes has been
     paid in full, then 100% until all outstanding principal of the Class C
     Notes has been paid in full, and thereafter 0%;  and (iv) for the
     Class D Notes, 0% until all outstanding principal of the Class A-1
     Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes has been paid
     in full, then 100% until all outstanding principal of the Class D
     Notes has been paid in full, and thereafter 0%.

                                       -51-

<PAGE>

          "CLASS A-1 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT"  means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date and the Class A-1 Notes the lesser of (i) the
     outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, and (ii) the sum
     of (A) the excess of (x) the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust
     as of the last day of the second Collection Period preceding such
     Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts that were first added
     to the Contract pool during the Collection Period immediately
     preceding such Distribution Date, as of the applicable Cutoff Date for
     such Contracts) over (y) the ADCB for all Contracts held by the Trust
     as of the last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such
     Distribution Date (such amount  described in this clause (A) being,
     the "EXPECTED CLASS A-1 PAYMENT"), plus (B)  the aggregate amount of
     Expected Class A-1 Payments which were not paid on each preceding
     Distribution Date.

          "CLASS A-2 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date and the Class A-2 Notes, the lesser of (i) the
     outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes, and (ii) the
     difference between (A) the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (B) the product of
     (x) the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes and (y)  the ADCB
     for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT"  means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date and the Class B Notes, the lesser of (i) the
     outstanding Principal Amount of the Class B Notes, and (ii) the
     difference between (A) the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes
     immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and (B) the product of
     (x) the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes and (y)  the ADCB
     for all Contracts held by the Trust as of the last day of the
     Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT"  means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date and the Class C Notes, the lesser of (i) the outstanding
     Principal Amount of the Class C Notes, and (ii) the difference between
     (A) the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes immediately prior to
     such Distribution Date, and (B) the product of (x) the Applicable
     Class Percentage for such Notes and (y)  the ADCB for all Contracts
     held by the Trust as of the last day of the Collection Period
     immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "CLASS D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT"  means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date and the Class D Notes, the lesser of (i) the outstanding
     Principal Amount of the Class D Notes, and (ii) the difference between
     (A) the Principal Amount of the Class D Notes immediately prior to
     such Distribution Date, and (B) the product of (x) the Applicable
     Class Percentage for such Notes and (y)  the ADCB for all Contracts
     held by the Trust as of the last day of the Collection Period
     immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCE" means with respect to any Contract,
     (A) as of the related Cutoff Date, the present value of all of the
     remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under such Contract after the
     applicable Cutoff Date discounted monthly at the Discount Rate and
     (B) as of any other date of determination, the sum of (1) the present
     value of all of the remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under such
     Contract on or after such date of determination discounted monthly at
     the Discount Rate, and (2) the aggregate amount of all Scheduled Payments
     due and payable under such Contract after the applicable Cutoff Date and
     prior to such date of determination (other than Scheduled Payments related
     to Contracts that have become Defaulted Contracts or Prepaid Contracts,
     and which have not been replaced with an Additional Contract or Substitute
     Contract) that have not then been received by the Servicer.

          The Discounted Contract Balance for each Contract shall be calculated
assuming:

          (a)  All payments due in any Collection Period are due on the last
               day of the Collection Period;

          (b)  Payments are discounted on a monthly basis using a 30 day
               month and a 360 day year; and

          (c)  All security deposits and drawings under letters of credit,
               if any, issued in support of a Contract are applied to
               reduce Scheduled Payments in inverse order of the due date
               thereof.

          "DISCOUNT RATE" means,     % which is equal to the sum of  (i)
     the weighted average of the Class A-2 Interest Rate (weighted at the
     sum of the Initial Class A-1 Note Principal Balance and the Initial
     Class

                                       -52-

<PAGE>

     A-2 Note Principal Balance), the Class B Interest Rate, the
     Class C Interest Rate, and the Subordinated Note Interest Rate, and
     (ii) the Servicing Fee Percentage.

          "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" of a Class of Notes or Subordinated Notes
     means the aggregate initial principal amount thereof reduced by
     (i) the aggregate amount of any Distributions applied in reduction
     of such principal amount and (ii) the aggregate amount of any
     Distributions then on deposit in the note or certificate payment
     account, if any, for such Class of Notes or Subordinated Notes
     established in accordance with the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement and to be applied in reduction of such principal amount in
     accordance therewith.

          "SCHEDULED PAYMENTS" means, with respect to any Contract, the
     monthly or quarterly or semi-annual or annual rent or financing
     (whether principal or principal and interest) payment scheduled to be
     made by the related Obligor under the terms of such Contract after the
     related Cutoff Date (it being understood that Scheduled Payments do
     not  include any Excluded Amounts).

ALLOCATIONS

     PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT.  On the third Business
Day prior to each Distribution Date (each, a "DETERMINATION DATE"), prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default or the occurrence and continuance of a
Restricting Event, the Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to
withdraw, and on the succeeding Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee acting
in accordance with such instructions shall withdraw, the amounts required to be
withdrawn from the Collection Account in order to make the following payments or
allocations from the Available Amounts for the related Distribution Date (in
each case, such payment or transfer to be made only to the extent funds remain
available therefor after all prior payments and transfers for such Distribution
Date have been made), in the following order of priority:

          (A)  pay to the Servicer, the amount of any unreimbursed Servicer
               Advances;

          (B)  pay to the Servicer, the monthly Servicing Fee for the
               preceding monthly period together with any amounts in
               respect of the Servicing Fee that were due in respect of
               prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

          (C)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes, an amount equal  to interest accrued in respect of
               such Class A-1 Notes  for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts  that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods
               for which no allocation was previously made;

          (D)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-2
               Notes, an amount equal  to interest accrued in respect of
               such Class A-2 Notes  for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts  that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods
               for which no allocation was previously made;

          (E)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class B
               Notes, an amount equal to the interest accrued thereon for
               the Accrual Period immediately preceding  such Distribution
               Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in respect
               of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was
               previously made;

          (F)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class C
               Notes, an amount equal to interest accrued thereon for the
               Accrual  Period immediately preceding such Distribution
               Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in respect
               of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was
               previously made;

          (G)  pay to the holders of the Subordinated Notes an amount equal
               to interest accrued in respect of the Subordinated Notes
               Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date,
               together with any such amounts that accrued in respect of
               prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was previously
               made;

          (H)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes, the lesser of (i) the Class A-1 Principal Payment
               Amount for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the remaining
               outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes;
               PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class A-1

                                       -53-

<PAGE>

               Principal Payment Amount in full, then such excess shall be
               applied in repayment of principal on the Class A-2 Notes;

          (I)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-2
               Notes, the lesser of (i) the Class A-2 Principal Payment
               Amount for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the remaining
               outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes;
               PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class A-2
               Principal Payment Amount in full, then such excess shall be
               applied in repayment of principal on the Class B Notes;

          (J)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of
               the Class B Notes, the lesser of (i) the Class B Principal
               Payment Amount for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the
               remaining outstanding Principal Amount of the Class B Notes;
               PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class B
               Principal Payment Amount in full, then such excess shall be
               applied in  repayment of principal on the Class C Notes; 

          (K)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of
               the Class C Notes, the lesser of (i) the Class C Principal
               Payment Amount for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the
               remaining outstanding Principal Amount of the Class C Notes;
               PROVIDED, if the amount to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the Class C
               Principal Payment Amount in full, then such excess shall be
               applied in  repayment of principal on the Subordinated
               Notes;

          (L)  pay to the holders of the Subordinated Notes the lesser of
               (i) the Class D Principal  Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date and (ii) the remaining outstanding
               Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes;  PROVIDED, if the
               amount to be allocated pursuant to this clause exceeds the
               amount needed to repay the Subordinated Notes principal in
               full  then such excess shall be allocated consistent with
               the next succeeding paragraph;

          (M)  pay to the Indenture Trustee for deposit into the Reserve
               Funds any Available Amounts not necessary to make the
               payments described in paragraph (A) through (L) above to the
               extent that such amount is necessary to meet the Reserve
               Fund Amount; and

          (N)  any excess shall be paid to the holder of the Certificates.      

     As used herein,"AVAILABLE AMOUNTS" means as of any Distribution Date, the
sum of (i) all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account as of the
immediately preceding Determination Date on account of Scheduled Payments
inclusive of such payments received through Vendor recourse or support and
agreements, but excluding the Excluded Amounts due on or before, as well as
Prepayments received on or before, the last day of the Collection Period
immediately preceding such Distribution Date (other than Excluded Amounts);
(ii) Recoveries on account of  previously Defaulted Contracts received as of
the immediately preceding Determination Date; (iii) such amounts as from time
to time may be held in the Collection Account, together with earnings on funds
therein, (iv) the rights of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, (v) any late charges relating to a Contract provided such late
charges were included in the Contract's terms  as of the Cutoff Date ("LATE
CHARGES") (vi) any amounts received with respect to the Guaranteed Residuals,
and (vi) proceeds of any of the foregoing. 

     Pursuant to the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will distribute
amounts received from the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the foregoing to
the Class A-1 Noteholders, Class A-2 Noteholders, Class B Noteholders, Class C
Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Notes represented thereby PRO
RATA in accordance with the respective amounts owed thereto.

     FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT.  On each Determination
Date after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or after the occurrence of,
and during the continuance of, a Restricting Event, the Servicer shall instruct
the Indenture Trustee to withdraw, and on the succeeding Distribution Date the
Indenture Trustee acting in accordance with such instructions shall withdraw,
the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account in order to
make the following payments or allocations from the Available Amounts for the
related Distribution Date (in each case, such payment or transfer to be made
only to the extent funds remain available therefor after all prior payments and
transfers for such Distribution Date have been made), in the following order of
priority:

          (A)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, the amount of any unpaid fees,
               expenses, late charges or other losses;

                                       -54-

<PAGE>


          (B)  pay to the Servicer, the amount of any unreimbursed Servicer
               Advance;

          (C)  pay to the Servicer, the monthly Servicing Fee for the
               preceding monthly period together with any amounts in
               respect of the Servicing Fee that were due in respect of
               prior monthly periods that remain unpaid;

          (D)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, an amount equal to interest
               accrued in respect of such Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2
               Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such
               Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that
               accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no
               allocation was previously made; PROVIDED, that if the
               Available Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause is less than the  full amount required to be so paid,
               such  remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class A-1 Note and the Class A-2 Note PRO RATA based on the
               outstanding principal amount thereof;

          (E)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class B
               Notes, an amount equal to the interest accrued thereon for
               the Accrual Period immediately preceding  such Distribution
               Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in respect
               of prior Accrual  Periods for which no allocation was
               previously made; PROVIDED, that if the Available Amount s
               remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause is less
               than the full amount required to be so paid, such remaining
               Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class B Note
               PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal amount thereof;

          (F)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class C
               Notes, an amount equal to interest accrued in respect of the
               Class C Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding
               such Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that
               accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no
               allocation was previously made; PROVIDED, that if the
               Available Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause is less than the full amount required to be so paid,
               such remaining  Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class C Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal
               amount thereof;

          (G)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Subordinated
               Notes, an amount equal to interest accrued in respect of the
               Subordinated Notes for the Accrual Period immediately
               preceding such Distribution Date, together with any such
               amounts that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for
               which no allocation was previously made; PROVIDED, that if
               the Available Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to
               this clause is less than the full amount required to be so
               paid, such remaining  Available Amounts shall be allocated
               to each Subordinated Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding
               principal amount thereof;

          (H)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-1
               Notes the Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i)  that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause is
               less than the full amount required to be so allocated, such
               remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each Class
               A-1 Note pro rata based on the outstanding principal amount
               thereof, and (ii) if the amount to be allocated pursuant to
               this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay the
               outstanding Class A-1 Note principal in full, then such
               excess shall be applied in  repayment of principal on the
               Class A-2 Notes;

          (I)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Class A-2
               Notes the Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date; PROVIDED (i)  that if the Available
               Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause is
               less than the full amount required to be so allocated, such
               remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to the Class
               A-2 Note, respectively pro rata based on the outstanding
               principal amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount to be
               allocated pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed
               to repay the outstanding Class A-2 Note principal in full,
               then such excess shall be applied in  repayment of principal
               on the Class B Notes;

          (J)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of the 
               Class B Notes, the lesser of (i) the Class B Principal Payment 
               Amount for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the remaining
               outstanding Principal Amount of the Class B Notes; PROVIDED 
               (i) that if the Available Amounts remaining to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount required
               to be so paid, such remaining Available Amounts shall be
               allocated to each Class B Note PRO RATA based on the 
               outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount 
               to be allocated pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount 
               needed to repay outstanding Class B Note principal in full, 
               then such excess shall be applied in repayment of principal
               on the Class C Notes;

          (K)  pay to the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the holders of
               the Class C Notes,  the lesser of (i) the Class C Principal
               Payment Amount for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the
               remaining outstanding Principal Amount of the Class C Notes;
               PROVIDED (i) that if the


                                       -55-

<PAGE>

               Available  Amounts remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
               clause is less than the full amount required to be so paid,
               such remaining Available Amounts shall be allocated to each
               Class C Note PRO RATA based on the outstanding principal
               amount thereof, and (ii) if the amount to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause exceeds the amount needed to repay
               outstanding Class C Note principal in full, then such excess
               shall be applied in repayment of principal on the Prior
               Certificates; and

          (L)  pay to the holders of the Subordinated Notes the lesser of
               (i) the Class D Principal Payment Amount for such
               Distribution Date and (ii) the remaining  outstanding
               Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes; PROVIDED
               (i) that if the Available Amounts remaining to be allocated
               pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount
               required to be so  paid, such remaining Available Amounts
               shall be allocated to each Subordinated Notes PRO RATA based
               on the outstanding principal amount thereof, and (ii) if the
               amount to be allocated pursuant to  this clause exceeds the
               amount needed  to repay outstanding Subordinated Notes
               principal  in full, then such excess shall be paid to the
               holder of the Certificates.


RESERVE FUND

GENERAL

     The Reserve Fund will be an account in the name of the Indenture Trustee 
on behalf of the Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Notes.  The 
Reserve Fund will be created with an initial deposit by the Trust Depositor 
on the Closing Date of an amount equal to the Reserve Fund Amount.

     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund on any Distribution Date
(after giving effect to all deposits thereto or withdrawals therefrom on such
Distribution Date) is greater than the Reserve Fund Amount, the Indenture
Trustee will distribute any excess to the holder of the Certificates.  Upon any
such distributions to the holder of the Certificates, the Noteholders and the
holders of the Subordinated Notes will have no further rights in, or claims to,
such amounts.

     If on any Distribution Date the principal balance of the Subordinated Notes
equals zero and amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund have been depleted as a
result of losses in respect of the Contracts, the protection afforded to the
Noteholders by the Subordinated Notes and by the Reserve Fund will be exhausted
and the Noteholders will bear directly the risks associated with the ownership
of the Contracts.

     None of the Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the
Seller nor the Trust Depositor will be required to refund any amounts properly
distributed or paid to them whether or not there are sufficient funds on any
subsequent Distribution Date to make full distributions to the Noteholders.

     The Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus
request each Rating Agency that rated the Notes to, at the request of the Trust
Depositor, approve a formula for determining the Reserve Fund Amount that is
different from the formula described above and would result in a decrease in the
amount of the Reserve Fund Amount or the manner by which the Reserve Fund is
funded.  If each Rating Agency delivers a letter to the Indenture Trustee and
the Owner Trustee to the effect that the use of any such new formulation will
not in and of itself result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its
then-current rating of any Class of Notes then the Reserve Fund Amount will be
determined in accordance with such new formula.  The Agreement will accordingly
be amended to reflect such new calculation without the consent of any
Noteholder.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE RESERVE FUND

     Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Fund will continue to be held
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Notes. 
On each Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund to the
extent that Available Amounts with respect to any Distribution Date are less
than the amount necessary to pay interest on the Notes and the Subordinated
Notes; provided, however, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or upon the
occurrence and continuance of Restricting Event amounts in the Reserve Fund
shall be available to pay the principal on the most senior outstanding Class of
Notes or if no Notes are outstanding the Subordinated Notes; provided further,
in the event the Available Amounts are insufficient to pay outstanding principal
on the Class A-1 Notes on the Class A-1 Maturity Date amounts in the Reserve
Fund may be utilized to make principal payments on the Class A-1 Notes. 
Additionally, to the extent monies are present in the Reserve Fund as of the
Maturity Date, to the extent necessary, such monies shall be applied to pay the
principal of the most senior outstanding Class of Notes, or if no Notes are
outstanding, the Subordinated Notes.

                                       -56-

<PAGE>

DEFAULTED CONTRACTS

     A Contract will automatically be deemed to be in default (a "DEFAULTED
CONTRACT") if (i)  it is more than 120 days past due;  or (ii) if at any time
the Servicer determines, in accordance with its customary and usual practices,
that such Contract is not collectible (and taking into account any available
Vendor recourse).  The current policy of the Servicer with respect to writing
off Contracts is described in "NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP USA INC. - WRITE-OFF
POLICY" above.

         Upon classification as a Defaulted Contract, the Servicer shall
accelerate all payments due thereunder or take such other action as the Servicer
reasonably believes will maximize the amount of Recoveries in respect thereof
and shall otherwise follow its customary and usual collection procedures, which
may include the repossession and sale of any related Equipment or other
Applicable Security on behalf of the Trust.  Any recoveries on account of a
previously Defaulted Contract (including proceeds of repossessed Equipment or
other Applicable Security or other property, Insurance Proceeds, amounts
representing late fees and penalties and amounts subsequently received pursuant
to a  Program Agreement with a Vendor, but net of amounts representing costs and
expenses of liquidation incurred by the Servicer; such recoveries net of such
amounts, "RECOVERIES") shall be deemed to be Available Amounts.

COLLECTION ACCOUNT

         The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall cause to be 
established and maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee, with an 
office or branch of a depository institution or trust company (which may 
include the Indenture Trustee) organized under the laws of the United States 
of America or any one of the states thereof and located in the state 
designated by the Servicer, a non-interest bearing segregated corporate trust 
account (the "COLLECTION ACCOUNT") bearing a designation clearly indicating 
that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the 
Noteholders; provided, however, that at all times such depository institution 
or trust company shall be (a) the corporate trust department of the Indenture 
Trustee or, (b) a depository institution organized under the laws of the 
United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of 
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), (i)(A) which has either 
(1) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or 
(2) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating 
acceptable to the Rating Agencies, (B) the parent corporation of which has 
either (1) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating 
Agencies or (2) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit 
rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (C) is otherwise acceptable to 
the Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"; any such depository institution or 
trust company, a "QUALIFIED INSTITUTION").  Funds in the Collection Account 
generally will be invested in (i) obligations fully guaranteed by the United 
States of America, (ii) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of 
deposit of depository institutions or trust companies having commercial paper 
with the highest rating from each Rating Agency, (iii) commercial paper (or 
other short term obligations) having, at the time of the Trust's investment 
therein, the highest rating from each Rating Agency, (iv) demand deposits, 
time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured by the 
FDIC, (v) notes or bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution 
or trust company described in (ii) above, (vi) money market funds which have 
the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved in writing by, each 
Rating Agency, (vii) time deposits with an entity, the commercial paper of 
which has the highest rating from the Rating Agency, (viii) eligible 
repurchase agreements, and (ix) any other investments approved in writing by 
the Rating Agency (collectively, "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS").  Such funds may be 
invested in debt obligations of Newcourt or its affiliates so long as such 
obligations qualify as Eligible Investments.  Any earnings (net of losses and 
investment expenses) on funds in the Collection Account will be held therein 
and be treated as Available Amounts.  The Servicer will have the revocable 
power to instruct the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from 
the Collection Account for the purpose of carrying out its duties under the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

REPLACEMENT ACCOUNTS

     If any institution with which any of the accounts established pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or the Indenture are established ceases to
be a Qualified Institution, the Servicer or the Owner Trustee (as the case may
be) shall within ten Business Days establish a replacement account at a
Qualified Institution after notice thereof.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Allocations of Available Amounts will be made as described above under
"--ALLOCATIONS; PRIOR TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT" unless and
until an Event of Default or Restricting Event has occurred, in which case
allocations of Available Amounts will be made as described above under
"--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT".   An "EVENT
OF DEFAULT"  refers to any of the following events:

          (a)  failure to pay the then outstanding principal amount of
               any Note, if any, on its related Maturity Date;

                                       -57-

<PAGE>

          (b)  (i) failure on the part of any Seller to make any
               payment or deposit required under the Sale and
               Servicing Agreement or Transfer and Sale Agreement 
               within three Business Days after the date the payment
               or deposit is  required to be made, or (ii) failure on
               the part of any Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Trust
               or the Owner Trustee to observe or perform any other
               covenants or agreements of such entity set forth in the
               Transfer and Sale Agreement, Sale and Servicing
               Agreement or the Indenture, which failure has a
               material adverse effect on the Noteholders and which
               continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
               written notice;  PROVIDED, that no such 60-day cure
               period shall apply in the case of a failure by the
               Seller to perform their joint and several agreement to
               accept reassignment of Ineligible Contracts, and
               FURTHER PROVIDED,  that only a five day cure period
               shall apply in the case of a failure by any Seller, the
               Trustee or the Owner Trustee to observe their
               respective covenants not to grant a security interest
               in or otherwise intentionally create a lien on the
               Contracts;

          (c)  any representation or warranty made by any Seller, the
               Trust Depositor, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in
               the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture or
               any information required to be given by any Seller or
               the Trust Depositor to the Indenture Trustee to
               identify the Contracts proves to have been incorrect in
               any material respect when made and continues to be
               incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60
               days after written notice and as a result of which the
               interests of the Noteholders are materially and
               adversely affected; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that an Event of
               Default shall not be deemed to occur thereunder if the
               Seller has repurchased the related Contracts through
               the Trust Depositor during such period in accordance
               with the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
               and the Transfer and Sale Agreement;

          (d)  the occurrence of an Insolvency Event relating to the
               Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Trust; or

          (e)  the Trust becomes an "INVESTMENT COMPANY" within the
               meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
               amended.

      In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e)
above, an Event of Default with respect to the Notes will be deemed to have
occurred provided such Event of Default may be waived if the Required Holders
provide written notice to the Trust Depositor and the Servicer of such waiver. 
In the event the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of an Event of Default,
it will be required to notify, among others, the Trust Depositor, each Seller, 
the Servicer and the Owner Trustee.

     If an Insolvency Event relating to the Trust Depositor occurs, pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, on the day of such Insolvency Event, the Trust
Depositor will promptly give notice to the Indenture Trustee of the Insolvency
Event, and the Indenture Trustee will, if directed by the Required Holders (as
defined in the next succeeding paragraph), promptly act to sell, dispose of or
otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially reasonable manner and on
commercially reasonable terms.  The proceeds from any such sale, disposition or
liquidation of Contracts will be deposited in the Collection Account and
allocated as described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and herein.  If the
proceeds of any collections on Contracts in the Collection Account allocated to
Noteholders of any Class is not sufficient to pay the Principal Amount of the
Notes of such Class in full, such Noteholders will incur a loss.

     As used herein, "REQUIRED HOLDERS" means (i) prior to the payment in
full of  the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes outstanding, Class A-1
Noteholders and Class A-2 Noteholders voting as a single class evidencing more
than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes and Class
A-2 Notes,  (ii) from and after the payment in full of the Class A Notes
outstanding, Class B Noteholders holding Class B Notes evidencing more than 66
2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class B Notes outstanding, (iii)
from and after the  payment in full of the Class B Notes outstanding, Class C
Noteholders holding Class C Notes evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate
Principal Amount of the Class C Notes outstanding and (iv) from and after the
payment in full of the Class C Notes outstanding, Class D Notes evidencing more
than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class D Notes.

                                       -58-

<PAGE>

RESTRICTING EVENTS

     Prior to the occurrence of a Restricting Event, allocations of Available
Amounts will be made as described above under "--ALLOCATIONS; PRIOR TO AN EVENT
OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT" unless a Restricting Event has occurred and is
continuing in which case allocations will be made as described above under
"--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT".   A
"RESTRICTING EVENT" refers to any of the following events:

          (a)  As of any Distribution Date, the weighted average ADCB
          of all Contracts in respect to which, during the three
          preceding Collection Periods, a scheduled payment is more
          than sixty (60) days past due exceeds 3.0% of the weighted
          average of ADCB of all Contracts in the Contracts Pool
          during such three Collection Periods; or

          (b)  As of any Distribution Date, the product of (i) two (2)
          multiplied by (ii) the difference between (x) the ADCB of
          the sum of (A) all Contracts which were charged off by the
          Servicer as uncollectible in accordance with its usual and
          customary practices during the six preceding Collection
          Periods (whether or not such Contract was a Defaulted
          Contract) and (B) all Contracts under which the related
          End-User was the subject of an Insolvency Event during such
          six Collection Periods (Contracts which are the subject of an
          event described in clauses (A) or (B) being referred to as
          "CHARGE-OFFS") and (y) Recoveries received during the
          preceding six Collection Periods on account of Charge-Offs,
          exceeds 1% of the weighted average ADCB of all Contracts in
          the Contract Pool during such six Collection Periods.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

      The Servicer's compensation with respect to its servicing activities and
reimbursement for its expenses for any Collection Period will be a servicing fee
(the "SERVICING FEE") calculated monthly, and payable on each Distribution
Date, in an amount equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii) .60% (such
percentage, the "SERVICING FEE PERCENTAGE") and (iii) the ADCB of the Contract
Pool as of the beginning of the related Collection Period.  The Servicing Fee
will be funded from Available Amounts and will be paid on the Distribution Date
with respect to each Collection Period from the Collection Account.

     The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the Contracts including, without
limitation, expenses related to the enforcement of the Contracts, payment of the
fees and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee and
independent accountants, casualty insurance on Equipment (to the extent the
Contracts provide for the Seller to pay such insurance) and other fees which are
not expressly stated in the Sale and Servicing Agreement to be payable by the
Trust, the Noteholders or the Trust Depositor (other than federal, state, local
and foreign income, franchise or other taxes based on income, if any, or any
interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed upon the Trust).  In the
event that Newcourt USA is acting as Servicer and fails to pay the fees and
disbursements of the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee (the "TRUSTEES"), such
Trustee will be entitled to receive the portion of the Servicing Fee that is
equal to such unpaid amounts.  In no event will the Noteholders be liable to the
Trustees for the Servicer's failure to pay such amounts, and any such amounts so
paid to the Trustees will be treated as paid to the Servicer for all other
purposes of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

RECORD DATE

     Payments on the Notes will be made as described herein to the 
Noteholders in whose names the Notes were registered (expected to be Cede, as 
nominee of DTC) at the close of business on the Record Date.  However, the 
final payment on the Notes offered hereby will be made only upon presentation 
and surrender of such Notes.  All payments with respect to the principal of 
and interest on the Notes (each, a "DISTRIBUTION") will be made to DTC in 
immediately available funds.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--BOOK-ENTRY 
REGISTRATION".

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     On any Distribution Date occurring on or after the date on which the
ADCB of the Contract Pool is less than 10% of the initial ADCB of the Contract
Pool as of the Cutoff Date (the "CLEANUP CALL CONDITION"), the Trust Depositor
will have the option to cause the Trust to purchase (without penalty) all, but
not less than all, of the remaining outstanding Notes and Subordinated
Securities. The redemption price will be equal to the sum of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and Subordinated Securities, together with accrued
interest thereon through the date of redemption, and shall be payable to the
holders of the Notes and Subordinated Securities on such Distribution Date from
the proceeds of the Trust's sale to the Trust Depositor (and the Trust
Depositor's concurrent resale to the Seller), for a repurchase

                                       -59-

<PAGE>

price equal to such redemption price, of the remaining Contracts Pool and 
other Trust Assets held by the Trust.  Following any redemption, the  
Noteholders will have no further rights with respect to the Trust Assets.

REPORTS

     No later than the second Business Day prior to each Distribution Date, 
the Servicer will forward to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a 
statement (the "MONTHLY REPORT") prepared by the Servicer setting forth 
certain information with respect to the Trust and the Notes and Subordinated 
Securities, including: (i) the ADCB (A) as of the end of the related 
Collection Period and (B) as of the end of the second Collection Period 
preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts that were 
first added to the Contract Pool during the related Collection Period, as of 
the Cutoff Date for such Contracts); (ii) the Class A Principal Payment 
Amount, Class B Principal Payment Amount, Class C Principal Payment Amount, 
Class D Principal Payment Amount (including the calculations utilized in the 
determination thereof); (iii) the ADCB of Contracts held by the Trust which 
were 30, 60, 90 and 120 days or more delinquent as of the end of such 
Collection Period; (iv) the Discounted Contract Balance of each Contract in 
the Contract Pool that became a Defaulted Contract during such Collection 
Period and cumulatively for each preceding Collection Periods; (v) the 
monthly Servicing Fee for such Collection Period; and (vi) the Available 
Amounts with respect to the related Collection Period (including the 
calculation utilized in the determination thereof).

     With respect to each Distribution Date, the Monthly Report also will 
include the following information with respect to the Notes: (i) the total 
amount distributed; (ii) the amount allocable to principal on the Notes and 
each Class thereof; (iii) the amount allocable to interest on the Notes and 
each Class thereof; and (iv) the amount, if any, by which the unpaid 
principal amount of the Notes of each Class exceeds the Principal Amount of 
such Class as of the Record Date with respect to such Distribution Date.  On 
each Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee (or an agent on its behalf), 
will forward to each Noteholder of record a copy of the Monthly Report.

     On or before January 31 of each calendar year, commencing January 31, 
1998, the Indenture Trustee (or an agent on its behalf) will furnish (or 
cause to be furnished) to each person who at any time during the preceding 
calendar year was a Noteholder of record, a statement containing the 
information required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the 
Code for such preceding calendar year or the applicable portion thereof 
during which such person was a Noteholder, together with such other customary 
information as is necessary to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax 
returns.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS".

LIST OF NOTEHOLDERS

     At such time, if any, as Definitive Notes have been issued, upon written 
request of any Noteholder or group of Noteholders of record holding Notes 
evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the 
Notes, the Indenture Trustee will afford such Noteholders access during 
normal business hours to the current list of Noteholders for purpose of 
communicating with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the 
Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Notes.  While the Notes 
are held in book-entry form, holders of beneficial interests in the Notes 
will not have access to a list of other holders of beneficial interests in 
the Notes, which may impede the ability of such holders of beneficial 
interests to communicate with each other.  See "--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" 
below.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     Newcourt USA, in its capacity as administrator (in such capacity, the 
"ADMINISTRATOR" ), will enter into an agreement (the "ADMINISTRATION 
AGREEMENT") with the Trust, the Trust Depositor and the Indenture Trustee 
pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in the 
Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform other 
administrative obligations required to be provided or performed by the Trust 
or the Owner Trustee under the Indenture.  The Administrator in the 
Administration Agreement agrees to perform certain accounting functions of 
the Trust which the Owner Trustee is required to perform pursuant to the 
Trust Agreement, including but not limited to maintaining the books of the 
trust, filing tax returns for the trust, and delivering tax related reports 
to each Noteholder (except the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility for 
distributing the Schedule K-1s).  As compensation for the performance of the 
Administrator's obligations under the Administration Agreement and as 
reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be 
entitled to a monthly administration fee (the "ADMINISTRATION FEE"), which 
fee will be paid by the Servicer out of the Servicing Fee, if available.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

     Noteholders may only hold their Notes through DTC (in the United States) 
or CEDEL or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems, 
or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.

                                       -60-

<PAGE>


     Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global Class A-1 Note or Notes, 
the global Class A-2 Note or Notes, the global Class B Note or Notes, and the 
global Class C Note or Notes.  CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus 
positions on behalf of their participants through customers' securities 
accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective 
Depositaries (as defined herein) which in turn will hold such positions in 
customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the books of 
DTC.  Citibank will act as depositary for CEDEL and Morgan Guaranty Trust 
will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities, the "DEPOSITARIES").

     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the 
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "CLEARING 
CORPORATION" within the meaning of the UCC and a "CLEARING AGENCY" registered 
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  DTC was 
created to hold securities for its participating organizations 
("PARTICIPANTS") and facilitate the settlement of securities transactions 
between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its 
Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes.  
Participants include the Underwriter, securities brokers and dealers, banks, 
trust companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other 
organizations.  Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others 
such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or 
maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or 
indirectly ("INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS").

     Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules. 
Transfers between CEDEL Participants (as defined in this section) and 
Euroclear Participants (as defined in this section) will occur in accordance 
with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly 
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL 
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected 
through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European 
international clearing systems by its Depositary.  Cross-market transactions 
will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international 
clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its 
rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time).  
The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction 
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to 
take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or 
receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance 
with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC.  
CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions 
directly to the Depositaries.

     Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in 
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be 
made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the 
business day following the DTC settlement date.  Such credits or any 
transactions in such securities settled during such processing will be 
reported to the relevant Euroclear or CEDEL Participants on such business 
day.  Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities 
by or through a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a Participant 
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available 
in the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day 
following settlement in DTC.  For information with respect to tax 
documentation procedures relating to the Notes, see "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME 
TAX CONSIDERATIONS."

     Noteholders that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but 
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other 
interests in, Notes may do so only through Participants and Indirect 
Participants.  In addition, Noteholders will receive all distributions of 
principal and interest on the Notes from the Indenture Trustee through DTC 
and its Participants.  Under a book-entry format, Noteholders will receive 
payments after the related Distribution Date, as the case may be, because, 
while payments are required to be forwarded to Cede, as nominee for DTC, on 
each such date, DTC will forward such payments to its Participants which 
thereafter will be required to forward them to Indirect Participants or 
holders of beneficial interests in the Notes. It is anticipated that the only 
"CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDER" , "CLASS A-2 NOTEHOLDER", "CLASS B NOTEHOLDER" and 
"CLASS C NOTEHOLDER" will be Cede, as nominee of DTC, and that holders of 
beneficial interests in the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes 
or Class C Notes, respectively, under the Indenture will only be permitted to 
exercise the rights of Class A-1 Noteholders, Class A-2 Noteholders, Class B 
Noteholders or Class C Noteholders, respectively, under the Indenture 
indirectly through DTC and its Participants who in turn will exercise their 
rights through DTC.

     Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC 
and its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among 
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Notes and is 
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest 
on the Notes.  Participants and Indirect Participants with which holders of 
beneficial interests in the Notes have accounts similarly are required to 
make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on behalf of 
these respective holders.

                                       -61-

<PAGE>

     Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of holders of
beneficial interests in the Notes to pledge Notes to persons or entities that do
not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such
Notes, may be limited due to the lack of a Definitive Note for such Notes.

     DTC has advised the Issuer that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Class A-1 Noteholder, Class A-2 Noteholder, Class B Noteholder or
Class C Noteholder under the Indenture only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account with DTC the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
Class B Notes or Class C Notes are credited.  Additionally, DTC has advised the
Issuer that it may take actions with respect to percentage interests in any
particular Class of the Notes represented by holders of beneficial interests
evidencing that percentage, which actions may conflict with other of its actions
with respect to other percentage interests therein.

     CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
PARTICIPANTS") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates.  Transactions may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies, including United States dollars.  CEDEL provides to CEDEL
Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration,
clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities
lending and borrowing.  CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries.  As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary Institute.  CEDEL Participants are recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations and may include the Underwriter.  Indirect access to CEDEL is also
available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant,
either directly or indirectly.

     Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions may now be settled in any of 29 currencies, including United
States dollars.  Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above.  Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "EUROCLEAR OPERATOR"), under
contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative
corporation (the "COOPERATIVE").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear
Operator and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash
accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative.  The
Cooperative establishes policies for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear
Participants.  Euroclear Participants include banks (including central banks),
securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries
and may include the Underwriter.  Indirect access to Euroclear is also available
to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.  As such, it
is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System and the New York Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS").  The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in
Euroclear.  All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. 
The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of
Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent
received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations.  See
"CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS."  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator,
as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by an
Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf of a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and
subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through
DTC.

                                       -62-

<PAGE>

     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of DTC, CEDEL and
Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

     Except as required by law, none of the Servicer, any Seller, the Owner
Trustee, the Trust Depositor or the Indenture Trustee will have any liability
for any aspect of the records relating to, actions taken or implemented by, or
payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Notes held
through DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records or actions
relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

DEFINITIVE NOTES

     The Notes will be issued in fully registered, authenticated form to
beneficial owners or their nominees (the "DEFINITIVE NOTES"), rather than to DTC
or its nominee, only if (a) the Trust advises the Indenture Trustee in writing
that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities
as Depository with respect to such Notes, and the Indenture Trustee or the
Issuer is unable to locate a qualified successor or (b) the Issuer at its option
elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC.

     Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Indenture Trustee is required to notify all beneficial
owners for each Class of Notes held through DTC of the availability of
Definitive Notes for such Class.  Upon surrender by DTC of the Definitive Note
representing the Notes and instructions for reregistration, the Indenture
Trustee will issue such Definitive Notes, and thereafter the Indenture Trustee
will recognize the holders of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders under the
Indenture (the "HOLDERS").  The Indenture Trustee will also notify the Holders
of any adjustment to the Record Date with respect to the Notes necessary to
enable the Indenture Trustee to make distributions to Holders of the Definitive
Notes for such Class of record as of each Distribution Date.

     Additionally, upon the occurrence of any such event described above,
distribution of principal of and interest on the Notes will be made by the
Indenture Trustee directly to Holders in accordance with the procedures set
forth herein and in the Indenture.  Distributions will be made by check, mailed
to the address of such Holder as it appears on the Note register.  Upon at least
10 days' notice to Noteholders for such Class, however, the final payment on any
Note (whether the Definitive Notes or the Note for such Class registered in the
name of Cede representing the Notes of such Class) will be made only upon
presentation and surrender of such Note at the office or agency specified in the
notice of final distribution to Noteholders.

     Definitive Notes of each Class will be transferable and exchangeable at the
offices of the Indenture Trustee or its agent in New York, New York, which the
Indenture Trustee shall designate on or prior to the issuance of any Definitive
Notes with respect to such Class.  No service charge will be imposed for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Indenture Trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
imposed in connection therewith. 

                                THE SUBORDINATED NOTES

     On the Closing Date, the Trust will also issue the       % Class D 
Receivables-Backed Notes (the "SUBORDINATED NOTES") with an aggregate 
principal balance of $              .  The Subordinated Notes will be issued 
pursuant to the Indenture.  

     The Subordinated Notes are not being offered and sold hereunder. 
Distributions with respect to the Subordinated Notes will be subordinated to 
the rights of the Noteholders to the extent described herein.  See 
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.






















                                   THE CERTIFICATES

     On the Closing Date, the Trust will also issue the Certificates with an
initial certificate balance of $            (the  "CERTIFICATES").  The
Certificates will represent fractional undivided beneficial equity interests in
the Trust, and will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  

     The Certificates are not being offered and sold hereunder.   The Trust
Depositor is expected initially to retain the  Certificates, although the
Certificates could be transferred at some later date in a transaction separate
from this offering provided the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee receive an
opinion of Independent Counsel that such transfer will not cause the Trust to
become a taxable entity or otherwise adversely affect the Noteholders or
Certificateholders.

                                       63
<PAGE>


Distributions with respect to the Certificates will be subordinated to the 
rights of the Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Notes to the 
extent described herein.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS" herein.

                         THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND
                        SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY

         The following is a summary of the material terms of the Transfer and
Sale Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the forms of which were
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Transfer
and Sale Agreement and Sale and Servicing Agreement, respectively.

TERMINATION OF TRUST

     Unless the Trust Depositor instructs the Owner Trustee otherwise, the 
Trust will terminate only on the earliest to occur of (i) the day following 
the day on which the Aggregate Principal Amount of all Notes and Certificates 
is zero (provided, that the Trust Depositor shall have delivered a written 
notice to the Owner Trustee electing to terminate the Trust), (ii)       ,or 
(iii) if the Contracts are sold, disposed of or liquidated following the 
occurrence of an Insolvency Event as described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--EVENTS OF DEFAULT", immediately following such sale, disposition or 
liquidation (the "TRUST TERMINATION DATE").  Upon termination of the Trust, 
all right, title and interest in the Trust Assets (other than amounts in 
accounts maintained by the Trust for the final payment of principal and 
interest to Noteholders or Certificateholders) will be conveyed and 
transferred to the holder of the Certificate and any permitted assignee.

CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS

     The Contracts, and  interests in the Equipment and other Applicable
Security, to be sold or contributed to the Trust by the Trust Depositor will be
acquired by the Trust Depositor from the Seller pursuant to the Transfer and
Sale Agreement dated as of            , 1997 by and between the Trust Depositor
and Newcourt USA (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT").   A form of Transfer and
Sale Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.

         Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will sell to the
Trust Depositor, to the extent of the Seller's  interest therein, (i) the
Contracts and its interest in any related Equipment and Applicable Security as
of the Cutoff Date, and (ii) the proceeds thereof (except Excluded Amounts). 
Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, such interests in the related
Contracts, the Equipment, the Applicable Security and the proceeds thereof will
then be sold by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, and pursuant to the Indenture
a lien thereon will be granted by the Trust in favor of the Indenture Trustee,
and the Trust Depositor will also assign its rights in, to and under the
Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to the Contracts and Equipment and
Applicable Security to the Trust and the Trust will assign such rights to the
Indenture Trustee. 

      Pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust Depositor, without
recourse (except as expressly set forth in such Transfer and Sale Agreement) all
of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to (i) specified Contracts and
all monies due or to become due in payment of such Contracts on or after the
related Cutoff Date, including all Scheduled Payments thereunder due on or after
such Cutoff Date, any Prepayment Amounts, any payments in respect of a casualty
or early termination, and any Recoveries received with respect thereto but
excluding any Scheduled Payments due prior to the Cutoff Date or any Excluded
Amounts, (ii) the related Equipment and, in the case of any Vendor Loan,
Applicable Security, including all proceeds from any sale or other disposition
of such Equipment or Applicable Security, (iii) any documents delivered to the
Trust Depositor or held by the Servicer on its behalf with respect to each such
Contract (the "CONTRACT FILES"), (iv) all payments made or to be made in the
future with respect to each such Contract and the Vendor thereunder under any
Vendor Agreements with the Seller and under any other guarantee or similar
credit enhancement with respect to such Contracts, (v) all payments made with
respect to each such Contract under any insurance policy covering physical
damage to the related Equipment (the "INSURANCE PROCEEDS") and (vi) all income
and proceeds of the foregoing (the foregoing are referred to collectively as the
"TRANSFERRED ASSETS").  As of the Cutoff Date the Trust Depositor will transfer
and assign, among other things, the Transferred Assets to the Trust for the
benefit of the Noteholders and the holders of the Subordinated Securities and
the Trust will grant a lien on such Transferred Assets in favor of the Indenture
Trustee, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture. 

     Newcourt USA, as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, will
retain custody of (but not title to) the Contracts, the Contract Files and any
related evidence of insurance payments, Scheduled Payments and any other similar
payments under the Contracts.  Prior to the conveyance of any Contracts to the
Trust Depositor, Newcourt USA

                                  -64-

<PAGE>

caused (in the case of the Contracts sold under the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement on the Closing Date) or will cause (in the case of Additional 
Contracts or Substitute Contracts conveyed after the Closing Date) its and/or 
Newcourt USA's computer accounting systems to be marked to show that the 
Contracts transferred thereunder have been conveyed to the Trust Depositor, 
and prior to each transfer of any Trust Assets to the Trust pursuant to the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement, Newcourt USA or the Trust Depositor, as 
appropriate, will file UCC financing statements reflecting (A) the conveyance 
of the Transferred Assets to the Trust Depositor, (B) each sale of Trust 
Assets to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and (C) the 
grant of a lien thereon in favor of the Indenture Trustee (except that 
financing statements will be filed with respect to each conveyance of an 
interest in Equipment to the Trust Depositor by Newcourt and each sale of an 
interest in Equipment to the Trust by the Trust Depositor, and each transfer 
of an interest in Equipment to the Indenture Trustee by the Trust, in each 
case, only to the extent the same may be viewed as inventory of Newcourt, the 
Trust Depositor and the Trust, respectively).  The Seller and the Trust 
Depositor will notate in the appropriate computer files relating to the 
Contracts, that all interests in the Contracts have been conveyed (i) to the 
Trust Depositor,  (ii) by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, and (iii) by the 
Trust to the Indenture Trustee.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS".

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Seller has made certain representations and warranties in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement with respect to the Contracts transferred thereunder as of
the Cutoff Date, and the Seller will similarly make or be deemed to have made
certain representations and warranties with respect to each Additional Contract
or Substitute Contract transferred by either of them as of its related Cutoff
Date, including that:  (i) the information with respect to the Contract, any
Secondary Contract securing the obligations under such Contract, and the
Equipment, if any, subject to the Contract delivered under the Transfer and Sale
Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (ii) immediately prior
to the transfer of a Contract and any related Equipment (or security interest
therein) or Applicable Security (or security interest therein) to the Trust
Depositor, such Contract was owned by the Seller free and clear of any adverse
claim; (iii) the Contract, as of the Cutoff Date, did not have a Scheduled
Payment that was a delinquent payment for more than 60 days, and the Contract is
not otherwise a Defaulted Contract; (iv) no provision of the Contract has been
either waived, altered or modified in any respect, except by instruments or
documents contained in the Contract File (other than payment delinquencies
permitted under clause (iii) above); (v) the Contract is a valid and binding
payment obligation of the Obligor and is enforceable in accordance with its
terms (except as may be limited by applicable insolvency, bankruptcy,
moratorium, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting enforceability of
creditors' rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies); (vi)
the Contract is not and will not be subject to rights of rescission, setoff,
counterclaim or defense and, to the Seller's knowledge, no such rights have been
asserted or threatened with respect to the Contract; (vii) the Contract, at the
time it was made, did not violate the laws of the United States or any
applicable state, except for any such violations which do not materially and
adversely affect the collectibility of the Contracts in the Contract Pool taken
as a whole; (viii) (x) the Contract and any related Equipment have not been
sold, transferred, assigned or pledged by the Seller to any other person (other
than the sale of the Equipment to the End-User in connection with CSAs, Secured
Notes and "NON-TRUE LEASES" and, with respect to a Contract which is a "TRUE
LEASE", any Equipment related to such true lease is free and clear of any liens
or encumbrances of any third parties (except for Permitted Liens) and (y) either
(A) such Contract is secured by a fully perfected lien of the first priority on
the related Equipment or, in the case of any Vendor Loan, related Applicable
Security or (B) in the case of a Contract secured by Vehicles,  (1) within 30
calendar days of the origination or acquisition of such Contract by the Seller
an application was filed in the appropriate state office to note Newcourt USA's
interest on the certificate of title for such vehicle, and in any case such
interest will be so noted or recorded within 180 days of such acquisition or
origination or (2) a certificate of title or similar evidence or recordation on
which the Seller's interest has been noted has been obtained; (ix) if the
Contract constitutes either an "INSTRUMENT" or "CHATTEL PAPER" for purposes of
the UCC, there is not more than one "SECURED PARTY'S ORIGINAL" counterpart of
the Contract; (x) all filings necessary to evidence the conveyance or transfer
of the Contract to the Trust Depositor have been made in all appropriate
jurisdictions; (xi) the Obligor is not to the Seller's knowledge, subject to
bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings; (xii)the Contract is a U.S.
dollar-denominated obligation and the related Equipment is located in the United
States; (xiii) the Contract does not require the prior written consent of an
Obligor or contain any other restriction on the transfer or assignment of the
Contract (other than a consent or waiver of such restriction that has been
obtained prior to the date of such Contract's conveyance to the Trust); (xiv)
either (A) the obligations of the related Obligor under such Contract are
irrevocable and unconditional and non-cancelable (or, if prepayable by its
terms, such Contract meets the criteria described in clause (xxiv) below or if
not irrevocable and unconditional has the benefit of a Vendor Guarantee or (B)
with respect to certain Leases with Lessees that are governmental entities or
municipalities, if such Lease is cancelled in accordance with its terms, either
(1) the Vendor which assigned such Lease to the Seller is unconditionally
obligated to repurchase such Lease from the Seller for a purchase price not less
than the Discounted Contract Balance of such Lease (as of the date of purchase)
plus  interest thereon at the Discount Rate through the Distribution Date
following such date of repurchase or (2) pursuant to the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, the Seller has indemnified the Trust Depositor against such
cancellation in an amount equal to the Discounted Contract Balance of such Lease
(as of the date of purchase) plus interest thereon at the Discount Rate through
the Distribution Date following such cancellation less any amounts paid by the
Vendor

                                  -65-

<PAGE>

pursuant to clause (1); (xv) the Contract has an original maturity of not
greater than the term specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (xvi) no
adverse selection procedure was used in selecting the Contract for transfer;
(xvii) the Obligor under the Contract is required to maintain casualty insurance
with respect to the related Equipment or to self-insure against casualty with
respect to the related Equipment in accordance with the Servicer's normal
requirements; (xviii) the Contract constitutes chattel paper, an account, an
instrument or a general intangible as defined under the UCC; (xix) no Lease is a
"CONSUMER LEASE" as defined in Section 2A-103(1)(e) of the UCC; (xx) each Lessee
has represented to the Seller or the Vendor that it has accepted the related
Equipment and that it has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect and test such
Equipment and the Seller has not been notified of any defects therein; (xxi) the
Contract is not subject to any guarantee by any Seller nor has the Seller
established any specific credit reserve with respect to the related Obligor;
(xxii) each Lease is a "TRIPLE NET LEASE" under which the Obligor is responsible
for the maintenance of the related Equipment in accordance with general industry
standards applicable to such item of Equipment; (xxiii) each Vendor Loan is
secured by an Eligible Secondary Contract having an aggregate Discounted
Contract Balance for such Eligible Secondary Contract equal to the outstanding
principal amount of such Vendor Loan (and assuming the interest rate specified
in such Vendor Loan is the "DISCOUNT RATE" for purposes of calculating such
Discounted Contract Balance); and (xxiv) no provision of such Contract provides
for a Prepayment Amount less than the amount calculated in accordance with the
definition thereof (unless otherwise indemnified by the Vendor or the Seller in
an amount equal to the excess of the "PREPAYMENT AMOUNT" as calculated in
accordance with the definition thereof over the amount otherwise payable upon a
prepayment under such Contract).  

     The foregoing representations and warranties, as appropriate, will be
reaffirmed by the Seller with respect to any Additional Contract or Substitute
Contract transferred by any Seller to the Trust Depositor.  A Contract which
satisfies all of the above representations and warranties shall be termed an
"ELIGIBLE CONTRACT" and Contracts with respect to which the representations in
clauses (iii), (xv) and (xxiv) are not true shall also be Eligible Contracts if
the Trust Depositor shall have received confirmation from each Rating Agency
that the discrepancy will not result in a Ratings Effect.  In addition,  the
Seller will represent and warrant to the Trust Depositor that the conveyance
pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement constitutes a valid sale and
assignment to the Trust Depositor of all right, title and interest of the Seller
in the related Contracts, whether then existing or thereafter created, and the
proceeds thereof, which is effective as of the date of conveyance of such
Contract. 

      As used above, "PERMITTED LIENS" shall mean (a) with respect to Contracts
in the Contract Pool: (i) liens for state, municipal or other local taxes if
such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Trust Depositor
shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
thereto, (ii) liens in favor of the Trust Depositor created pursuant to the
Transfer and Sale Agreement and transferred to the Trust pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, (iii) liens in favor of the Trust created pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and (iv) liens in favor of the Indenture
Trustee created pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture;
and (b) with respect to the related Equipment: (i) materialmen's,
warehousemen's, mechanics' and other liens arising by operation of law in the
ordinary course of business for sums not due, (ii) liens for state, municipal or
other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if
the Trust Depositor shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate
reserves with respect thereto, (iii) liens in favor of the Trust Depositor
created pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and transferred to the Trust
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (iv) liens in favor of the Trust
created pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement; (v) liens in favor of the
Indenture Trustee created pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Indenture, (vi) other subordinated liens which are subordinated to the prior
payment of the Notes and the Subordinated Notes on terms described in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, (viii) subordinated interests relating to the
Guaranteed Residuals and (ix) liens granted by the End-Users or Vendors which
are subordinated to the interest of the Trust in such Equipment.

     In addition to the foregoing, the Seller will represent and warrant in the
Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to each Secondary Contract securing a
Vendor Loan transferred by the Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement as
of the related Cutoff Date (unless otherwise indicated), among other things, (i)
that each such Secondary Contract satisfies the representations set forth in the
second preceding paragraph (other than the representations set forth in clauses
(ii), (viii) (with respect to ownership by the Seller of the Contract) and
(xxiii), and except that the term "OBLIGOR" shall be deemed to be "END-USER" in
all such representations), (ii) that the Seller holds a duly perfected lien of
the first priority on such Secondary Contract and (iii) that the transfer of the
Seller's security interest in such Secondary Contract and the proceeds thereof
to the Trust Depositor is effective to create in favor of the Trust Depositor a
lien thereon and that such lien has been duly perfected (Secondary Contracts
which satisfy all of the foregoing representations shall be termed "ELIGIBLE
SECONDARY CONTRACTS").

     The Trust Depositor will represent and warrant in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, among other things, (i) that the transfer, assignment and pledge 
of the related Contracts, whether then existing or thereafter created will 
provide a first perfected security interest therein and that all filings 
necessary to evidence the same to the Trust have been made in all appropriate 
jurisdictions; (ii) that each Contract transferred by it to the Trust is an 
"ELIGIBLE CONTRACT"; (iii) that each

                                  -66-

<PAGE>

Secondary Contract (or interest therein) transferred by it to the Trust is an 
"ELIGIBLE SECONDARY CONTRACT"; (iv) that the security interest granted on the 
related Contracts, whether then existing or thereafter created, and the 
proceeds thereof by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee is effective to create 
in favor of the Indenture Trustee a lien thereon and that such lien has been 
duly perfected; (v) that the Trust Depositor holds a duly perfected lien of 
the first priority on each Secondary Contract and (vi) that the transfer of 
the Trust Depositor's security interest in each Secondary Contract and the 
proceeds thereof by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee is effective to create 
in favor of the Indenture Trustee a lien thereon and that such lien has been 
duly perfected.

     None of the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, the Owner Trustee or any of them
in their individual capacities (in such capacity, the "TRUST COMPANY"), shall
make or be deemed to have made any representations or warranties, express or
implied, regarding the Trust Assets or the transfers thereof by the Seller, the
Trust Depositor or the Trust.

     Under the terms of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, each Contract must be an Eligible Contract as of its 
date of transfer to the Trust.  The Indenture Trustee shall reassign to the 
Trust Depositor, and the Seller's will be concurrently obligated to purchase 
from the Trust Depositor, any Contract transferred by a Seller and any 
interest in Equipment transferred that is subject to such Contract no later 
than 90 days after any Seller becomes aware, or receives written notice from 
the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, of the breach of any representation or 
warranty made by the Seller in the Transfer and Sale Agreement that 
materially adversely affects the interests of the Trust Depositor or the 
Trust or their successors or assigns in any Contract or the related Contract 
File, which breach has not been cured or waived in all material respects (an 
"INELIGIBLE CONTRACT").  This purchase obligation will constitute the sole 
remedy against the Seller available to the Trust Depositor, the Indenture 
Trustee and the Noteholders or Certificateholders for a breach of a 
representation or warranty under the Transfer and Sale Agreement made by the 
Seller with respect to such a Contract.  This purchase obligation also will 
constitute the sole remedy against the Trust Depositor available to the 
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders or Certificateholders for a breach of a 
representation or warranty under the Sale and Servicing Agreement made by the 
Trust Depositor with respect to such a Contract.

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, an Ineligible Contract shall
be reassigned to the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor shall make a
deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount
equal to the sum of the Discounted Contract Balance of the Ineligible Contract
(utilizing, for purposes of calculating the Discounted Contract Balance, the
Discount Rate at the time such Ineligible Contract was transferred to the Trust)
and any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon.  Any amount deposited into the
Collection Account in connection with the reassignment of an Ineligible Contract
(the amount of such deposit being referred to herein as a "TRANSFER DEPOSIT
AMOUNT") shall be considered payment in full of the Ineligible Contract.  Any
such Transfer Deposit Amount shall be treated as an Available Amount.  In the
alternative, the Trust Depositor may instead cause the Seller, or either of
them, to convey to the Trust Depositor, for concurrent conveyance to the Trust
and concurrent pledge to the Indenture Trustee, a Substitute Contract (otherwise
satisfying the terms and conditions generally applicable to Substitute Contracts
in other situations described herein) in replacement for the affected Ineligible
Contract, which shall thereupon be deemed released by the Trust (and Indenture
Trustee) and reconveyed through the Trust Depositor to the Seller thereof.

CONCENTRATION AMOUNTS

     In addition to the representations and warranties made by the Seller and
the Trust Depositor with respect to the Contracts as described above under
"--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES", the Trust Depositor will represent and
warrant as of the initial Cutoff Date as follows:

     (i)    the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors that are
            governmental entities or municipalities does not exceed      % of
            the ADCB of the Contract Pool;

     (ii)   the ADCB of all End-User Contracts which finance, lease or are
            related to Software will not exceed      % of the ADCB of the
            Contract Pool;

     (iii)  the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors who
            comprise the three (3) largest Obligors (measured by ADCB as
            of the date of determination) does not exceed      % of the
            ADCB of the Contract Pool; 

     (iv)   the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors who comprise the
            twenty (20) largest Obligors (measured by ADCB as of the date of
            determination) does not exceed      % of the ADCB of the Contract
            Pool; 

     (v)    the ADCB of all End-User Contracts related to a single Vendor, or
            representing a Vendor Loan of such Vendor  or affiliate thereof
            does not exceed      % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool; 

                                  -67-

<PAGE>

     (vi)   the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors or affiliates
            thereof located in a single State of the United States does not
            exceed      % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool;

     (vii)  in the Trust Depositor's reasonable judgment, the Discounted
            Contract Balance of End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool
            that are "TRUE LEASES" does not exceed       % of the ADCB
            of the Contract Pool.

     On the date an Additional Contract or a Substitute Contract is added to the
Contract Pool and the Trust Depositor will make the foregoing representations
and warranties as if such transfer occurred on the Closing Date PROVIDED, THAT,
for the purposes thereof (i) the Contract Pool on the Closing Date shall be
deemed to include such Additional Contract or Substitute Contract in lieu of the
Contract being replaced or substituted and (ii) the Discounted Contract Balance
of such Additional Contract or Substitute Contract shall be equal to the
Discounted Contract Balance thereof as of the related Cutoff Date.

     The Indenture Trustee shall reassign to the Trust Depositor, and the
Seller's will be obligated to purchase from the Trust Depositor, any Contract
transferred by a Seller (and any related Equipment or Applicable Security) (an
"EXCESS CONTRACT"; any such Contract, together with any Ineligible Contract as
described and defined above, being sometimes referred to herein, collectively,
as a "WARRANTY CONTRACT") selected by the Servicer at such time as there is a
breach of any of the foregoing representations or warranties, which breach has
not been cured or waived in all material respects, the removal of which shall
remedy such breach.  Such purchase shall occur no later than 90 days after the
Trust Depositor or any Seller becomes aware, or receives written notice from the
Servicer or the Trust Depositor, of such breach.  This purchase obligation will
constitute the sole remedy against the Seller available to the Trust Depositor,
the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders or Certificateholders for a breach of
one of the foregoing representations or warranties.

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, an Excess Contract shall be
reassigned to the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor shall make a deposit
in the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount (an
"EXCESS CONCENTRATION AMOUNT") equal to the sum of the Discounted Contract
Balance of the Excess Contract (together with accrued interest thereon at the
Discount Rate) and any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon.  Any amount
deposited into the Collection Account in connection with the reassignment of an
Excess Contract shall be considered payment in full of the Ineligible Contract. 
Any such amount shall be considered a Transfer Deposit Amount and shall be
treated as an Available Amount.  In the alternative, the Trust Depositor may
instead cause the Seller, to convey to the Trust Depositor, for concurrent
conveyance to the Trust and concurrent pledge to the Indenture Trustee, a
Substitute Contract (otherwise satisfying the terms and conditions generally
applicable to Substitute Contracts in other situations described herein) in
replacement for the affected Excess Contract, which shall thereupon be deemed
released by the Trust (and Indenture Trustee) and reconveyed through the Trust
Depositor to the Seller thereof.

INDEMNIFICATION

         The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will
indemnify the Trust Depositor, the Trust, the Owner Trustee, and the Indenture
Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered
or sustained arising out of the Servicer's actions or omissions with respect to
the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement except where arising out
of Indemnified Party's bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. 
Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, irrevocably and
unconditionally, (i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action
arising out of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the other Operative
Documents, to the nonexclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the United
States of America for the Northern District of Illinois, and appellate courts
therefrom and (ii) waives any objection it may have that any action therein was
brought in an inconvenient court.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a court may
determine, on its own motion, that an action brought against the Servicer in any
such court was brought in an inconvenient forum.

     Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement provides that none of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer or any of
their directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other liability
to the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the holders of Notes or
Certificates or any other person for any action taken, or for refraining from
taking any action, in good faith pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement. 
However, none of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer or any of their directors,
officers, employees or agents will be protected against any liability which
would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence of any such person in the performance of their duties or by reason of
reckless disregard of their obligations and duties thereunder.

     In addition, the Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer is
not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any
such legal action which it may deem necessary or

                                  -68-

<PAGE>

desirable for the benefit of holders of Notes or Certificates with respect to 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties 
thereto and the interest of Noteholders or Certificateholders thereunder.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

     Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is responsible
for servicing, collecting, enforcing and administering the Contracts in
accordance with its customary and usual procedures for servicing contracts
comparable to the Contracts. 

     The Servicer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement also may advance
Scheduled Payments with respect to any Contract (a "SERVICER ADVANCE") which
were due in a Collection Period and were not received and identified to a
Contract by the close of business on the Determination Date, to the extent that
the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to recover the Servicer Advance
from subsequent payments on or with respect to the Contract.  The Servicer shall
be entitled to reimbursement of Servicer Advances from subsequent payments on or
with respect to the Contract, including collections of any Prepayment Amount,
Transfer Deposit Amount or Recoveries with respect to such Contract, and, if the
Servicer determines that Servicer Advances will not be recovered from the
Contracts to which the Servicer Advances were related,  from other Contracts
included in the Trust.

CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that such duties are no
longer permissible under applicable law.  No such resignation will become
effective until the Indenture Trustee or a successor to the Servicer has assumed
the Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     Any person into which, in accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
Newcourt USA or the Servicer may be merged or consolidated or any person
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which Newcourt USA or the Servicer
is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of Newcourt USA or the
Servicer, will be the successor to Newcourt, as the Servicer, under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

     In the event of any Servicer Default, either the Indenture Trustee or the
Required Holders, by written notice to the Servicer and the Owner Trustee (and
to the Indenture Trustee, if given by the Noteholders) (a "TERMINATION NOTICE"),
may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer, as servicer,
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  If the Indenture Trustee within 60 days
of receipt of a Termination Notice is unable to obtain any bids from eligible
Servicers and the Servicer delivers an officer's certificate to the effect that
the Servicer cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to
the Termination Notice, then the Indenture Trustee shall offer the Trust
Depositor the right at its option to accept retransfer of the Trust Assets.  The
purchase price for such a retransfer shall be equal to the sum of the Aggregate
Principal Amount of all Notes and Certificates on such Distribution Date plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the applicable interest rate (together
with, if applicable, interest on interest amounts that were due and not paid on
a prior date), through the date of such retransfer.

     The Indenture Trustee shall, as promptly as possible after giving a
Termination Notice, appoint a successor Servicer (a  "SERVICE TRANSFER"), and if
no successor Servicer has been appointed by the Indenture Trustee and has
accepted such appointment by the time the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer,
all rights, authority, power and obligations of the Servicer under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Indenture Trustee.  Prior
to any Service Transfer, the Indenture Trustee will seek to obtain bids from
potential Servicers meeting certain eligibility requirements set forth in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement to serve as a successor Servicer for servicing
compensation not in excess of the Servicing Fee.  The rights and interest of the
Trust Depositor under the Sale and Servicing Agreement as holder of the
Subordinated Certificate  will not be affected by any Termination Notice or
Service Transfer.

     A "SERVICER DEFAULT" refers to any of the following events:

     (a)  any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or
          deposit or to give instructions or notice to the Owner Trustee or
          the Indenture Trustee to make any payment, transfer or deposit
          pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement on or before the
          date occurring three Business Days after the date such payment,
          transfer, deposit, or such instruction or notice is required to
          be made or given, as the case may be, under the terms of the Sale
          and Servicing Agreement; or

                                  -69-

<PAGE>

     (b)  failure on the part of the Servicer to duly observe or perform in
          any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the
          Servicer set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement which has
          a material adverse effect on the Noteholders or
          Certificateholders, which continues unremedied for a period of 30
          days after the first to occur of (i) the  date on which written
          notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall
          have been given to the Servicer by the Indenture Trustee or to
          the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee by the Noteholders or
          Certificateholders or the Indenture Trustee on behalf of such
          Noteholders of Notes or holders of Certificates aggregating not
          less than 25% of the Principal Amount of any Class or the
          Certificates adversely affected thereby and (ii) the date on
          which a responsible officer of the Servicer becomes aware thereof
          and such failure continues to materially adversely affect such
          Noteholders or Certificateholders for such period; or

     (c)  any representation, warranty or certification made by the
          Servicer in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in any 
          certificate delivered pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has
          a material adverse effect on the Noteholders or
          Certificateholders and which continues to be incorrect in any
          material respect for a period of 30 days after the first to occur
          of (i) the date on which written notice of such  incorrectness
          requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given  to the
          Servicer and the Owner Trustee by the Indenture Trustee, or to
          the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee by 
          Noteholders or Certificateholders or by the Indenture Trustee on
          behalf of Noteholders of Notes or holders of Certificates
          aggregating not less than 25% of the Principal Amount of any
          Class adversely affected thereby and (ii) the date on which a
          responsible of the Servicer becomes aware thereof, and such
          incorrectness continues to materially adversely affect such
          Holders for such period; or

     (d)  an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the Servicer.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance 
referred to under clause (a) above for a period of five Business Days or 
referred to under clause (b) or (c) for a period of 60 days (in addition to 
any period provided in (a), (b) or (c)) shall not constitute a Servicer 
Default until the expiration of such additional five Business Days or 60 
days, respectively, if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the 
exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure 
was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrences.  Upon the 
occurrence of any such event the Servicer shall not be relieved from using 
its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance 
with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Servicer shall 
provide the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust Depositor 
prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of 
its efforts to so perform its obligations. The Servicer shall immediately 
notify the Indenture Trustee in writing of any Servicer Default.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that on or before March 31 of
each calendar year the Servicer will cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the
Servicer or the Trust Depositor) to furnish a report to the effect that such
firm has applied certain procedures agreed upon with the Servicer and enumerated
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and examined certain documents and records
relating to the servicing of the related Contracts all as described in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and that, on the basis of such procedures, nothing came
to the attention of such firm that caused them to believe that such servicing
was not conducted in compliance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement except for
such exceptions or errors as such firm shall believe to be immaterial and such
other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides for delivery to the Indenture
Trustee and each Rating Agency on or before March 31 of each calendar year of a
statement signed by an officer of the Servicer to the effect that, to the best
of such officer's knowledge, the Servicer has performed its obligations in all
material respects under the Sale and Servicing Agreement throughout the
preceding year or, if there has been a default in the performance of any such
obligation, specifying the nature and status of the default.

     Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the
Indenture Trustee may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the
Indenture Trustee.

AMENDMENTS

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by
agreement of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust Depositor
without the consent of the Noteholders or Certificateholders  (or the Indenture

                                  -70-

<PAGE>

Trustee) (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to add any consistent provisions;
provided, that such action shall not adversely affect the then existing ratings
of the Notes as evidenced in writing by the Rating Agencies.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement may also be amended from time to time by
the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee
with the consent of the Noteholders holding Notes evidencing not less than 66
2/3% of the Principal Amount of the Notes for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
Noteholders.  No such amendment, however, may

     (i)    reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
            distributions which are required to be made on any Note or
            Certificate without the consent of each Noteholder or
            Certificateholder affected thereby;

     (ii)   change the definition of (or that of any definition included
            within the definition of) or the manner of calculating the
            "APPLICABLE CLASS PERCENTAGE", the "CONTROLLING PARTY", the
            "CLASS A-1 PRINCIPAL  PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS A-2
            PRINCIPAL  PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT
            AMOUNT", the "CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "CLASS
            D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT", the "DISCOUNTED CONTRACT
            BALANCE", the "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT", or the "AVAILABLE AMOUNT"
            without the consent of each Noteholder and
            Certificateholder; or

     (iii)  reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any
            such amendment without the consent of each Noteholder or
            Certificateholder affected thereby; or

     (iv)   modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the Sale and
            Servicing Agreement relating to the allocation of Available
            Amounts (see "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS") without the
            consent of each Noteholder and Certificateholder; 

     (v)    make any Note or Certificate payable in money other than Dollars
            without the consent of each Noteholder or Certificateholder affected
            thereby; or 

     (v)    affect the Owner Trustee's or Indenture Trustee's, as appropriate, 
            rights or obligations under the Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing
            Agreement or Indenture without the Owner Trustee's or Indenture
            Trustee's Consent.

     Promptly following the execution of any such amendment (other than an
amendment described in the preceding paragraph), the Owner Trustee will furnish
written notice of the substance of such amendment to each affected Noteholder
and Certificateholder.

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                       will be the Owner Trustee under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.  Newcourt  USA and its affiliates may from time to time enter into
banking and trustee relationships with the Owner Trustee and its affiliates. 
Newcourt USA and its affiliates may hold Notes in their own names; however, any
Notes so held shall not be entitled to participate in any decisions made or
instructions given to the Owner Trustee by the Noteholders as a group.  The
Owner Trustee's address is               , Wilmington, Delaware           , 
Attention: Trust Department.

     For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Owner Trustee
will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all or any
part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all rights, powers,
duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee will be
conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee and
such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which
the Owner  Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts,
singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall exercise and perform
such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the Owner
Trustee.

     The Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor Owner
Trustee will be appointed as provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The
Servicer may also remove the Owner Trustee if such Owner Trustee ceases to be
eligible to continue as such under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  In such
circumstances, a successor Owner Trustee will be appointed as provided in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee
and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee shall not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment by the successor Owner Trustee.


                                  -71-

<PAGE>

                                THE INDENTURE

GENERAL

     The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture between the Trust and the
Indenture Trustee.  Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement the Indenture
Trustee will obtain the benefits of the Sale and Servicing Agreement for itself
and the Noteholders represented thereby. 

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

         Pursuant to the Indenture, each payment received by the Indenture
Trustee as described above under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS; PRIOR
TO AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT" shall be promptly distributed in
the following order of priority:

          FIRST, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
          required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due
          on or in respect of the Class A-1 Notes shall be distributed to
          the Class A-1 Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one
          Class A-1 Note over any other Class A-1 Note, in the proportion
          that the aggregate amount of all  accrued but unpaid interest to
          the date of distribution on each Class A-1 Note bears to the
          aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
          of distribution on all Class A-1 Notes;

          SECOND, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
          required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due
          on or in respect of the Class A-2 Notes shall be distributed to
          the Class A-2 Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one
          Class A-2 Note over any other Class A-2 Note, in the proportion
          that the aggregate amount of all  accrued but unpaid interest to
          the date of distribution on each Class A-2 Note bears to the
          aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
          of distribution on all Class A-2 Notes;

          THIRD, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
          required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due
          on or in respect of the Class B Notes shall be distributed to the
          Class B Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one Class B
          Note over any other Class B Note, in the proportion that the
          aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
          of distribution on each Class B Note bears to the aggregate
          amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
          distribution on all Class B Notes;

          FOURTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
          required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due
          on or in respect of the Class C Notes shall be distributed to the
          Class C Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one Class C
          Note over any other Class C Note, in the proportion that the
          aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
          of distribution on each Class C Note bears to the aggregate
          amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
          distribution on all Class C Notes;

          FIFTH, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
          required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due
          on or in respect of the Subordinated Notes shall be distributed
          to the Subordinated Noteholders ratably, without priority of any
          one Subordinated Note over any other Subordinated Note, in the
          proportion that the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid
          interest to the date of distribution on each Subordinated Note
          bears to the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest
          to the date of distribution on all Subordinated Notes;

          SIXTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment remaining 
          thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class A-1 
          Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of the Class A-1 
          Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class 
          A-1 Notes, without priority of any one Class A-1 Note over any 
          other Class A-1 Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid 
          principal amount of each Class A-1 Note bears to the aggregate 
          unpaid principal amount of all Class A-1 Notes;

          SEVENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment 
          remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class A-2 
          Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of the Class A-2 
          Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class 
          A-2 Notes, without priority of any one Class A-2 Note over any 
          other Class A-2 Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid 
          principal amount of each Class A-2 Note bears to the aggregate 
          unpaid principal amount of all Class A-2 Notes;

                                  -72-

<PAGE>

          EIGHTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
          remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class B
          Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of the Class B
          Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class
          B Notes, without priority of any one Class B Note over any other
          Class B Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid
          principal amount of each Class B Note bears to the aggregate
          unpaid principal amount of all Class B Notes; and 

          NINTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
          remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class C
          Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of the Class C
          Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class
          C Notes, without priority of any one Class C Note over any other
          Class C Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid
          principal amount of each Class C Note bears to the aggregate
          unpaid principal amount of all Class C Notes.

          TENTH, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
          remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the
          Subordinated Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of
          the Subordinated Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in
          respect of the Subordinated Notes, without priority of any one
          Subordinated Note over any other Subordinated Note, in the
          proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each
          Subordinated Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount
          of all Subordinated Notes.

     Pursuant to the Indenture, each payment received by the Indenture Trustee
as described above under "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN
EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT" shall be promptly distributed in the
following order of priority:


          FIRST, so much of such payment as shall be required to reimburse
          the Indenture Trustee for any tax, expense, charge or other loss
          incurred by the Indenture Trustee (to the extent not previously
          reimbursed), (including, without limitation, the expense of sale,
          taking or other proceeding, attorneys' fees and expenses, court
          costs, and any other expenditures incurred or expenditures or
          advances made by the Indenture Trustee in the protection,
          exercise or enforcement of any right, power or remedy or any
          damages sustained by the Indenture Trustee, liquidated or
          otherwise, upon the Indenture Event of Default giving rise to
          such expenditures or advances) shall be applied by the Indenture
          Trustee in reimbursement of such expenses;

          SECOND, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required to
          reimburse the Noteholders in full for certain indemnity payments,
          if any, made by such Noteholders to the Indenture Trustee (to the
          extent not previously reimbursed) shall be distributed to the
          Noteholders, and, if the aggregate amount remaining shall be
          insufficient to reimburse all such payments in full, it shall be
          distributed ratably, without priority of any Noteholder over any
          other, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of such
          unreimbursed indemnity payments made by each such Noteholder
          bears to the aggregate amount of such unreimbursed indemnity
          payments made by all Noteholders;

          THIRD, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required to 
          pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest 
          to the date of distribution on the Class A-1 Notes and the Class 
          A-2 Notes shall be distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders and the 
          Class A-2 Noteholders, and, if the aggregate amount remaining shall 
          be insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be 
          distributed ratably, without priority of any one Class A-1 Note and 
          one Class A-2 Note over any other Class A-1 Note or over any other 
          Class A-2 Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all 
          accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on each 
          Class A-1 Note or Class A-2 Note bears to the aggregate amount of 
          all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on all 
          Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes; 

          FOURTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required to
          pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid
          interest to the date of distribution on the Class B Notes shall
          be distributed to the Class B Noteholders, and, if the aggregate
          amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in
          full, it shall be distributed ratably, without priority of any
          one Class B Note over any other Class B Note, in the proportion
          that the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to
          the date of distribution on each Class B Note bears to the
          aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
          of distribution on all Class B Notes; 

                                  -73-

<PAGE>
          FIFTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required to
          pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid
          interest to the date of distribution on the Class C Notes shall
          be distributed to the Class C Noteholders, and, if the aggregate
          amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in
          full, it shall be distributed ratably, without priority of any
          one Class C Note over any other Class C Note, in the proportion
          that the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to
          the date of distribution on each Class C Note bears to the
          aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
          of distribution on all Class C Notes; 

          SIXTH, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required to
          pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid
          interest to the date of distribution on the Subordinated Notes
          shall be distributed to the Subordinated Noteholders, and, if the
          aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such
          amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
          priority of any one Subordinated Note over any other Subordinated
          Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all accrued
          but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on each
          Subordinated Note bears to the aggregate amount of all accrued
          but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on all
          Subordinated Notes; 

          SEVENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
          thereafter shall be distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders in
          order to pay in full the outstanding aggregate amount of
          principal of the Class A-1 Notes, and if the aggregate amount
          remaining shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in full,
          it shall be distributed ratably, without priority of any one
          Class A-1 Note over any other Class A-1 Note, in the proportion
          that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class A-1 Note
          bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Class A-1
          Notes;

          EIGHTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining thereafter
          shall be distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders in order to pay
          in full the outstanding aggregate amount of principal of the
          Class A-2 Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining shall be
          insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be
          distributed ratably, without priority of any one Class A-2 Note
          over any other Class A-2 Note, in the proportion that the
          aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class A-2 Note bears to
          the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Class A-2 Notes;

          NINTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining thereafter
          shall be distributed to the Class B Noteholders in order to pay
          in full the outstanding aggregate amount of principal of the
          Class B Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining shall be
          insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be
          distributed ratably, without priority of any one Class B Note
          over any other Class B Note, in the proportion that the aggregate
          unpaid principal amount of each Class B Note bears to the
          aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Class B Notes;

          TENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining thereafter
          shall be distributed ratably to the Class C Noteholders to pay in
          full the aggregate amount of principal of  the Class C Notes, 
          then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class C Notes, and if
          the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to pay all
          such amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
          priority of any one Class C Note over any other Class C Note, in
          the proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each
          Class C Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
          all Class C Notes; and

          ELEVENTH, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
          thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Subordinated
          Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of principal of 
          the Subordinated Notes,  then due pursuant to or in respect of
          the Subordinated Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining
          shall be insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it shall
          be distributed ratably, without priority of any one Subordinated
          Note over any other Subordinated Note, in the proportion that the
          aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Subordinated Note bears
          to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Subordinated
          Notes.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND RESTRICTING EVENTS; REMEDIES

     If an Event of Default referred to in subparagraphs (d) or (e) (see
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES--EVENTS OF DEFAULT") has occurred, then and in every
such case the unpaid principal of the Notes, together with interest accrued but
unpaid thereon, and all other amounts due to the Noteholders under the
Indenture, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

                                  -74-

<PAGE>

     If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then
and in every such case, the Notes shall be accelerated with accrued but unpaid
interest thereon; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, such Event of Default may be waived if the
Required Holders may provide the Trustee and the Trust Depositor written notice
of such waiver.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     The Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes is              .  
Newcourt USA and its affiliates may from time to time enter into banking and
trustee relationships with the Indenture Trustee and its affiliates.  Newcourt
USA and its affiliates may hold Notes in their own names; however, any Notes so
held shall not be entitled to participate in any decisions made or instructions
given to the  Indenture Trustee by the Noteholders as a group.

     The Indenture Trustee's responsibilities will be generally ministerial in
nature, consisting principally of the distribution of monies received pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the authentication and registration of
transfer of Notes under the Indenture, and the delivery of certain information
received from the Trust Depositor.

     For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Indenture
Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all
or any part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all rights,
powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee
will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the  Indenture
Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction
in which the Indenture Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform
certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall exercise
and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction
of the Indenture Trustee.

The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor
Indenture Trustee which meets the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), will be appointed by the
Servicer.  The Servicer may also remove the  Indenture Trustee if the  Indenture
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture.  In such
circumstances, a successor Indenture Trustee which meets the requirements of
Section 310(a) of the TIA will be appointed by the Servicer.  Any resignation or
removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor Indenture
Trustee does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the
successor Indenture Trustee.

GOVERNING LAW

     The Indenture will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

AMENDMENTS

     At any time and from time to time, (i) the Owner Trustee, the Trust 
Depositor, and the Indenture Trustee, with the written consent of a Majority 
in Interest (as defined in the Indenture) of the Noteholders represented 
thereby, may execute a supplement to the Indenture for the purpose of adding 
provisions to, or changing or eliminating provisions of, the Indenture 
(including any appendix or schedule hereto) and (ii) the Indenture Trustee, 
with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of the Noteholders 
represented thereby, may consent to or execute a written amendment of or 
supplement to, or waiver or consent under, the Sale and Servicing Agreement; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, without the consent of each Noteholder under the 
Indenture, no such amendment, supplement, waiver or consent shall

               (i)  reduce the amount or extend the time of payment of any
          amount owing or payable under any Note or (except as provided in
          the Indenture) increase or reduce the interest payable on any
          Note (except that only the consent of the affected Noteholder
          shall be required for any decrease in an amount of or the rate of
          interest payable on such Note or any extension for the  time of
          payment of any amount payable under such Note), or alter or
          modify the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with
          respect to the order of priorities in which distributions
          thereunder shall be made or with respect to the amount or time of
          payment of any such distribution,

               (ii)      reduce, modify or amend any indemnities in favor
          of any Noteholder or in favor of or to be paid by the Trust
          Depositor, or alter the definition of "INDEMNITEES" to exclude
          any Noteholder (except as consented to by each Person adversely
          affected thereby),

               (iii)      make any Note payable in money other than U.S.
          dollars,

                                  -75-

<PAGE>

               (iv)      modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the
          Sale and Servicing Agreement relating to amendments, waivers and
          supplements to the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or
          any other document, or

               (v)  modify the definition of "MAJORITY IN INTEREST" (as
          defined in the Indenture) or the percentage of Noteholders
          required to effect any modification of the Indenture.


                        CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS.   As of the Cutoff Date, Newcourt USA, as Seller,
will sell the Contracts to the Trust Depositor, which Contracts will be
immediately conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement. 
Under commercial law, the transfer of the Contracts to the Trust is either a
sale of the Contracts to the Trust or a grant of a security interest in such
property to the Trust.  The Trust Depositor has taken and will take all actions
that are required under applicable law to perfect the Trust's interest in the
Contracts in the event the transfer by the Trust  Depositor to the Trust is
deemed to be a loan for commercial law purposes, and it is the intent of the
Trust Depositor that the Trust will at all times have a first priority perfected
security interest in the Contracts and in the proceeds thereof, with certain
exceptions.   The Trust Depositor will represent and warrant to the Trust that,
in the event the sale of such Contracts by the Trust Depositor to the Trust is
deemed to create a security interest under the UCC, there will exist a valid,
subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the
Contracts, in existence at the time of the formation of the Trust with respect
to Contracts conveyed on the Closing Date or at the date of conveyance of any
Additional Contracts or Substitute Contracts, in favor of the Trust.  For a
discussion of the Trust's rights arising from these representations and
warranties not being satisfied, see "THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT AND THE
SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT GENERALLY--REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES".


     Financing statements covering the Contracts will be filed under the UCC 
by the Trust Depositor, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee to perfect their 
respective interests in the Contracts and continuation statements will be 
filed as required to continue the perfection of such interests.  In addition, 
the Seller will indicate in the appropriate computer files relating to the 
Contracts, that such Contracts have been transferred by the Seller to the 
Trust Depositor, by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and by the Trust to the 
Indenture Trustee, and the Seller will notate in the appropriate computer 
records that such Contracts have been transferred to the Trust and assigned 
to the Indenture Trustee, and deliver to the Indenture Trustee a computer 
file or microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list of all 
Contracts then being transferred to the Trust and all Secondary Contracts in 
which a security interest is then being transferred to the Trust, identified 
by account number and by the Discounted Contract Balance as of the related 
Cutoff Date.  To facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, 
however, the Contract Files (as defined herein) will be retained in the 
possession of the Servicer and not deposited with the Indenture Trustee or 
any other agent or custodian for the benefit of the Noteholders. Because the 
Contract Files will remain in the Servicer's possession, if a subsequent 
purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Contract Files without 
knowledge of such assignment, the Indenture Trustee's priority interest in 
the Contracts (as assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's 
interest) could be defeated.  In such event, distributions to Noteholders 
could be adversely affected.  The notation in the computer records, however, 
mitigate this risk.

     Similarly, with respect to Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans, in
some instances the Vendor will retain the original contract files associated
with the related End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts securing such
Vendor Loan.  Although UCC financing statements are filed reflecting the pledge
of such Contracts to the Seller as security for the Vendor Loans, because these
contract files will remain in the Vendor's possession, if a subsequent purchaser
were able to take physical possession of such contract files without knowledge
of the pledge to the Seller, the Indenture Trustee's priority security interest
(as assignee of the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and the Trust's interest) in the
such Secondary Contracts, as security for the related Vendor Loan, could be
defeated.  In such event, distributions to Noteholders could be adversely
affected.   Each Vendor represents, warrants and covenants in the applicable
agreement evidencing a Vendor Loan, however, that it has not and will not sell
or otherwise convey, unless subordinated to the Trust, or otherwise pledge,
assign or convey to any other party (other than the Seller) any interest in the
Secondary Contracts securing such Vendor Loan, and agrees that it will maintain
possession of the related contract files as custodian for the benefit of the
Seller as secured party with respect to such Secondary Contracts.

     There are also certain limited circumstances under applicable federal or
state law in which prior transferees of Contracts or Secondary Contracts could
have an interest in such contracts with priority over the Indenture Trustee's
interest.  A tax or other government lien on property of the Seller or the Trust
Depositor arising prior to the time a Contract or interest in a Secondary
Contract is conveyed to the Trust may also have priority over the interest of
the Trust and the Indenture Trustee in such contract.   Under the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the Trust

                                  -76-

<PAGE>

Depositor, and, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Depositor 
will warrant to the Indenture Trustee, that the Contracts have been 
transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party other than 
Permitted Liens (other than the Subordinated Residual Interest, if any, 
assigned to any Residual Assignee) and that the interests in Secondary 
Contracts transferred thereunder have been transferred free and clear of the 
lien of any third party other than Permitted Liens.  Each Seller, the Trust 
Depositor, the Owner Trustee and the Trust  will also covenant that it will 
not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on any Contract or 
Secondary Contract included in the Trust, other than transfers to the Trust 
and by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee.  In addition, as described above 
under "THE TRUST DEPOSITOR", the Trust Depositor has been organized as a 
"BANKRUPTCY-REMOTE" entity which is not engaged in any business or activities 
unrelated to the transactions described herein.

     Because Software is generally eligible for protection under the Federal
copyright laws, a security interest in Software generally cannot be perfected
without a filing at the U.S. Copyright Office.  Some legal authority indicates
that this filing requirement also extends to a sale or grant of a security
interest in Software licenses and the proceeds thereof, while some other legal
authority suggests that where there is an outright assignment of certain
payments (such as royalties) associated with copyrightable materials, the rights
to receive such payments constitute property separate from the copyrightable
material and that no filing in the Copyright Office is required in connection
with such assignment.  The Seller believes that the receivables arising from
Contracts that are Software licenses or purport to be secured by Software
licenses constitute property separate from those Software licenses and that no
filing at the U.S. Copyright office is required in order to perfect any
transfers of those receivables that have occurred prior to, or will occur on,
the Closing Date, and no filings have been, or will be, made at the U.S.
Copyright office in connection with those transfers.  While the Seller believes,
and will represent, that the Trust will have a perfected ownership or security
interest in those Receivables (and appropriate UCC filings will be made relating
to those Receivables), no assurance can be given that a court would concur with
that conclusion in light of the split in legal authorities referred to above. 
The Seller will not make any representation or warranty as to its interest in
any Software underlying any Contract or any Software license securing or
purporting to secure any Contract.

     TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN FINANCED EQUIPMENT.  In connection with the 
conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust, security interests in the related 
financed Equipment securing such Contracts (or, in connection with Leases, 
the Seller's ownership interest in or title to such Equipment) will be 
assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to 
the Trust and by the Trust or the Indenture Trustee.  It has been the general 
 policy of the Seller to file or cause to be filed UCC financing statements 
with respect to the Equipment relating to the Contracts. Due  to the  
administrative burden and expense associated with amending many filings in 
numerous states where Equipment is located, no assignments of the UCC 
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Seller in  the 
Equipment will be filed to reflect the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's or the 
Indenture Trustee's interests therein.  While failure to file such 
assignments does not affect the Trust's interest in the Contracts or 
perfection of the Indenture Trustee's interest in such Contracts (including 
the related Seller's security interest in the related Equipment), it does 
expose the Trust (and thus Noteholders) to the risk that the Servicer could 
inadvertently release its security interest  in the Equipment of record, and 
it could complicate the Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Seller's  
security interest in the Equipment.  While these risks should not affect the 
perfection or priority of the interest of the Indenture Trustee  in the 
Contracts or rights to payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the 
right of the Indenture Trustee to receive proceeds of a disposition of the 
Equipment related to a Defaulted Contract.  Additionally, statutory liens for 
repairs or unpaid taxes and other liens arising by operation of law may have 
priority even over prior perfected security interests in the Equipment 
assigned to the Indenture Trustee.

     In addition, some of the Equipment related to the Contracts may constitute
"FIXTURES" under the real estate or UCC provisions of the jurisdiction in which
such Equipment is located.  In order to perfect a security interest in such
Equipment, the holder of the security interest must file either a "FIXTURE
FILING" under the provisions of the UCC or a real estate mortgage under the real
estate laws of the state where the Equipment is located.  These filings must be
made in the real estate records office of the county in which such Equipment is
located.  So long as the Obligor does not

                                  -77-

<PAGE>

permanently attach the Equipment to the real estate, a security interest in 
the Equipment will be governed by the UCC, and the filing of a UCC-1 
financing statement will be effective to maintain the priority of the 
Seller's security interest in such Equipment.  Except for a small portion of 
such Equipment, the Trust Depositor does not believe that any of the 
Equipment will be permanently affixed to the related real estate.  If, 
however, any Equipment is permanently attached to the real estate in which it 
is located, other parties could obtain an interest in the Equipment which is 
prior to the security interest originally obtained by the Seller and 
transferred to the Trust Depositor.  Based on the representation of the 
Seller, the Trust Depositor, however, believes that with respect to Equipment 
which constitutes a "FIXTURE", it has obtained a perfected first priority 
security interest, through assignment of such security interest by the 
Seller, by virtue of the Seller's proper filing of UCC-2 financing statements 
naming the Seller as secured party in the real estate records office of the 
county in which the Equipment is located or by obtaining waivers from 
landlords or mortgagees. Also, the Seller will represent that as of the 
Cutoff Date, in the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract 
Balance of End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured by 
fixtures, does not exceed       % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.

     The Trust Depositor will be obligated to reacquire any Contract transferred
to the Trust (subject to the Seller's reacquisition thereof) in the event it is
determined that a first priority perfected security interest, or ownership
interest in the case of Leases, in the name of the Seller in the Equipment
related to such Contract did not exist as of the date such Contract was conveyed
to the Trust, if (i) such breach shall materially adversely affect such Contract
and (ii) such failure or breach shall not have been cured by the last day of the
second (or, if the Trust Depositor elects, the first) month following the
discovery by or notice to the Trust Depositor of such breach, and the Seller
will be obligated to reacquire such Contract from the Trust Depositor
contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's reacquisition from the Trust.  If
there is any Equipment as to which the Seller failed to perfect its security
interest, such Seller's security interest, and the security interests of the
Trust Depositor and the related Trust (and the Indenture Trustee as assignee),
would be subordinated to, among others, subsequent purchasers of the Equipment
and holders of perfected security interests with respect thereto.  To the extent
the security interest of the Seller in the related Equipment is perfected,
subject to the exceptions set forth in the following sentence, the Trust will
have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers from the Obligor of such Equipment
and holders of subsequently perfected security interests granted by Obligors. 
However, as against Mechanics' Liens or liens for taxes and other non-consensual
liens unpaid by an Obligor under a Contract, or in the event of fraud or
negligence of the Seller or Servicer, the  Trust could lose the priority of its
interest or its interest in such Equipment following the conveyance of such
Contract to the Trust.  Neither the Trust Depositor, the Servicer nor the Seller
will have any obligation to reacquire a Contract if any of the occurrences
described in the foregoing sentence (other than fraud or negligence of the
Seller) result in the Trust's losing the priority of its security interest or
its security interest in such Equipment after the date such Contract is conveyed
to the Trust.

     TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS IN FINANCED VEHICLES. The Contracts will include 
conditional sales agreements for transportation equipment, including 
vehicles, subject to state certificate of title statutes. Security interests 
in vehicles registered in most states may be perfected by a notation of the 
secured party's lien on the certificate of title for such vehicle, depending 
on state law. With respect to conditional sales agreements for vehicles, such 
liens would be noted in the name of Newcourt USA. Newcourt USA has been 
designated as the first and sole lien holder on the certificate of title. In 
the event the Vendor fails, due to clerical errors or for any other reason, 
to effect such notation of Newcourt USA's interest in a vehicle, Newcourt USA 
would not have a perfected first priority security interest in such vehicle. 
As a result, the only recourse of Newcourt USA vis-a-vis third parties would 
be against the Obligor or the related Vendor on an unsecured basis. However, 
Newcourt USA believes that it has obtained a perfeted first priority security 
interest by notation with respect to almost all of the vehicles. In addition, 
the Contracts may also include Leases of vehicles where Newcourt USA is 
identified on the certificate of title as the owner of the vehicle. The 
transfer by the seller to the Trust Depositor, by the Trust Depositor to the 
Trust and by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee of the Seller's security 
interest in the Vehicles securing certain Contracts, or its ownership 
interest in the Vehicles subject to Leases, and the transfer of such 
interests by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and by the Trust to the 
Indenture Trustee, is subject to state vehicle registration laws.  Due to the 
significant administrative burden and expense associated with reregistering 
transfers of titles and of security interests with respect to the Vehicles, 
the certificates of title with respect to the Vehicles securing Contracts, 
and to the Vehicles subject to Leases, will not identify the Trust as secured 
party or owner, as the case may be, of such Equipment.  There exists a risk 
in not so identifying the Trust as the new secured party or owner that, 
through fraud or negligence, a third party could acquire an interest in the 
Vehicles superior to that of the Trust.  In addition, statutory liens for 
repairs or unpaid taxes may have priority even over a perfected security 
interest in the Vehicles.  The Seller will represent that as of the Cutoff 
Date, in the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance of 
End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool that are secured by the Vehicles, 
does not exceed       % of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.  Also, the Seller 
will execute a power of attorney to the Indenture Trustee authorizing the 
Indenture Trustee to designate the Indenture Trust as the first and sole lien 
holder on the certificate of title with respect to the Vehicles after an 
Event of Default.

      With respect to motor Vehicles, in the event that the owner of a Vehicle
moves to a state other than the state in which such Vehicle is registered, under
the laws of most states the perfected security interest in the Vehicle would
continue for four months after such relocation and thereafter until the owner
titles the Vehicle in such state.  A majority of states generally require
surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a Vehicle.  Accordingly,
Newcourt USA as  Servicer must surrender possession if it holds the certificates
of title to such Vehicle or, in the case of Vehicles originally registered in a
state which provides for notation of lien but does not require possession of the
certificate of title by the holder of the security interest in the related motor
vehicle, Newcourt USA as Servicer would receive notice of surrender if the
security interest in the Vehicle is noted on the certificate of title. 
Accordingly, the Servicer would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security
interest in the Vehicle in the state of relocation.  In states which do not
require a certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle,
re-registration could defeat perfection.  In the ordinary course of servicing
its portfolio of motor vehicle financing agreements, Newcourt USA takes steps to
effect such reperfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration of
information from the Obligor as to relocation.  Similarly, when an Obligor sells
a Vehicle, Newcourt USA must surrender possession of the certificates of title
or will receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly
will have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before
release of the lien.  Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is
obligated to take such steps, at the Servicer's expense, as are necessary to
maintain perfection of security interests in the Vehicles.

     Under the laws of many states, certain possessory liens for repairs
performed on a motor vehicle and storage, as well as certain rights in favor of
federal and state governmental authorities arising from the use of a motor
vehicle in connection with illegal activities, may take priority even over a
perfected security interest.  Certain federal tax liens may have priority over
the lien of a secured party.  In the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller
will represent, and the Trust Depositor will represent in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, that they have no knowledge of any such liens with respect to any
Vehicle.  However, such liens could arise at any time during the term of a
Contract.  No notice will be given to the Indenture Trustee in the event such a
lien arises. 

     The Servicer on behalf of the Trust may take action to enforce the 
Trust's security interest by repossession and resale of the Vehicles securing 
the related Contracts.  The actual repossession may be contracted out to 
third party contractors.  Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a 
creditor can repossess a motor vehicle securing a

                                  -78-

<PAGE>

loan by voluntary surrender, "SELF-HELP" repossession that is "PEACEFUL" 
(I.E., without breach of the peace) and, in the absence of voluntary 
surrender and the ability to repossess without breach of the peace, by 
judicial process.  The UCC and consumer protection laws in most states place 
restrictions on repossession sales, including requiring prior notice to the 
debtor and commercial reasonableness in effecting such a sale.  In the event 
of such repossession and resale of a Vehicle (assuming the Trust had a first 
perfected security interest in such Vehicle), the Trust would be entitled to 
be paid out of the sale proceeds before such proceeds could be applied to the 
payment of the claims of unsecured creditors or the holders of subsequently 
perfected security interests or, thereafter, to the debtor.

     Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan on a commercially
reasonable basis.  However, some states impose prohibitions or limitations on
deficiency judgments.  In general, a defaulting Obligor may not have sufficient
assets to make the pursuit of a deficiency judgment worthwhile.

     Certain other federal and state statutory provisions, including bankruptcy
law, insolvency laws, and other laws affecting the rights of creditors and
debtors generally as well as general equitable principles may limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.

     CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY.   The Seller will either (i) 
originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User Contracts from a Vendor, which 
Contracts will be transferred to the Trust Depositor.  If the acquisition of 
an End-User Contract by a Seller is treated as a sale of such Contract from 
the applicable Vendor to such Seller, such Contract generally would not be 
part of such Vendor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to such 
Vendor's creditors.  If a Vendor became a debtor in a bankruptcy case then, 
in the case of End-User Contracts acquired as described in clause (ii) above, 
if an unpaid creditor of such Vendor or a representative of creditors of such 
Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a 
debtor-in-possession, were to take the position that the sale of such 
Contracts to the Seller was ineffective to remove such Contracts from such 
Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as a 
pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor), then delays in 
payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court 
rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions in the 
amount of such payments could result.  Further, if the transfer of End-User 
Contracts to the Seller as described in clause (ii) above is recharacterized 
as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor 
arising before the Contracts came into existence may have priority over the 
Seller's (and its assignee's)  interest in the Contracts.  No law firm will, 
in connection with any offering of the Notes, express any opinion as to the 
issues discussed above.

     In the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the Trust 
Depositor that the conveyance of the Contracts by a Seller to the Trust 
Depositor is a valid sale and transfer of such Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor. In addition, each Seller and the Trust Depositor will treat the 
transactions described herein as a sale of the Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor and the Seller will take all actions that are required under 
applicable law to perfect the Trust Depositor's ownership interest in the 
Contracts sold by it and the Trust Depositor's security interest in the 
Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans sold by it.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, if  the Seller became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and an unpaid 
creditor of the Seller or a representative of creditors of the Seller, such 
as a trustee in bankruptcy, or the Seller acting as a debtor-in-possession, 
were to take the position that the sale of Contracts to the Trust Depositor 
was ineffective to remove such Contracts from the Seller's estate (for 
instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts 
to secure borrowings of the Seller), then delays in payments under the 
Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court rule in favor of such 
creditor, representative or Seller, reductions in the amount of such payments 
could result.  If the transfer of Contracts to the Trust Depositor is 
recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the 
Seller arising before the Contracts came into existence may have priority 
over the Trust Depositor's interest in the Contracts.  If the transactions 
contemplated herein are treated as a sale of Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor, generally the Contracts would not be part of the Seller's 
bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the Seller's creditors.

     In OCTAGON GAS SYSTEMS, INC. V. RIMMER, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993), the
United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit held that, under the UCC,
accounts sold by a debtor remain property of the debtor's estate under Section
541 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In the event of a bankruptcy of a Seller, or, in
the case of Contracts originated by a Vendor and purchased by a Seller, a
bankruptcy of a Vendor, and a determination by a court that the sale of the
Contracts to the Trust Depositor or to the Seller, respectively, should be
recharacterized as a pledge of such Contracts to secure a borrowing, not as a
"TRUE SALE," including as a result of the application by a court of the Octagon
court's reasoning to  the Seller's sale of Contracts to the Trust Depositor or
to a Vendor's sale of Contracts to the Seller, delays in distributions on Notes,
and possible reductions in the amount of distributions, could occur.

     The Trust Depositor will warrant in the Sale and Servicing Agreement 
that the security interest therein granted by the Trust in favor of the 
Indenture Trustee is a valid and duly perfected security interest, and will 
take all actions that are required under applicable law to perfect the 
Trust's and the Indenture Trustee's respective interests in the Contracts and

                                  -79-

<PAGE>

the Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Loans sold by it.  Nevertheless, if 
the Trust Depositor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and an 
unpaid creditor of the Trust Depositor or a representative of creditors of 
the Trust Depositor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or the Trust Depositor 
acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to take the position that the sale of 
Contracts to the Trust was ineffective to remove such Contract's from the 
Trust Depositor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be 
recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of the Trust 
Depositor), then delays in payments under the Contracts to the Trust could 
occur or, should the court rule in favor of such creditor, representative or 
Trust Depositor, reductions in the amount of such payments could result.  If 
the transfer of Contracts to the Trust is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax 
or government lien on the property of the Trust Depositor arising before the 
Contracts came into existence may have priority over the Noteholder's 
interest in the Contracts.  If the transactions are treated as a sale of 
Contracts, generally, the Contracts would not be part of the Trust 
Depositor's estate and would not be available to the Trust Depositor's 
creditors.

     A bankruptcy trustee or debtor in possession under the United States
Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.) (the "BANKRUPTCY CODE")
has the right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract or unexpired
lease which is considered to be a "TRUE LEASE" (and not a financing) under
applicable law.  Any rejection of such a contract or lease would constitute a
breach of such contract or lease, as applicable, as of the day preceding the
commencement of the applicable bankruptcy case, entitling the nonbreaching party
to a pre-petition claim for damages.

     Certain End-User Contracts will be "TRUE LEASES" and thus subject to
rejection by the lessor under the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such End-User Contract
originated by a Seller or acquired by a Seller in a transaction whereby the
Seller is the "LESSOR" thereunder, will be subject to rejection by such Seller,
as debtor in possession, or by such Seller's bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such
rejection, Scheduled Payments under such rejected End-User Contract may
terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses if the remaining
unaffected Contracts and security interests in the related Equipment are
insufficient to cover the losses.  In addition, any End-User Contract which is a
"TRUE LEASE" originated by a Vendor and transferred to a Seller in a transaction
whereby such Vendor continues to be the "LESSOR" thereunder (such as a transfer
by a Vendor to the Seller of a security interest in such End-User Contract or a
transfer by a Vendor to the Seller of an interest in the right to payments only
under any such End-User Contract), will be subject to rejection by such Vendor,
as debtor in possession, or by such Vendor's bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such
rejection Scheduled Payments under such rejected End-User Contract may terminate
and the Noteholders may be subject to losses if the remaining unaffected
Contracts, and security interests in the Equipment related thereto, are
insufficient to cover the losses.

     Certain restrictions have been imposed on the Trust Depositor and the Trust
and certain other parties to the transactions described herein which are
intended to reduce the risk of an insolvency proceeding involving the Trust
Depositor or the Trust.  These restrictions include incorporating the Trust
Depositor as a separate, special purpose company pursuant to a certificate of
incorporation containing certain restrictions on the nature of its business. 
Additionally, the Trust Depositor may commence a voluntary case or proceeding
under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or cause the Trust to commence a
voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, only upon
the affirmative vote of all its directors, including its independent directors,
as long as the Trust Depositor is solvent and does not reasonably foresee
becoming insolvent.  The Trust Depositor's certificate of incorporation requires
that the Trust Depositor have at all times at least two independent directors. 
However, no assurance can be given that insolvency proceedings involving either
the Trust Depositor or the Trust will not occur.  In the event the Trust
Depositor becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, the Trust, the Trust's
interest in the Trust Assets, and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the
Notes might also become subject to such insolvency proceedings.  In the event of
insolvency proceedings involving the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust
Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes would become
subject to such insolvency proceedings.  No assurance can be given that
insolvency proceedings involving Newcourt USA would not lead to insolvency
proceedings of either, or both, of the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  In either
such event, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of the foregoing issues,
delays of distributions on the Notes, possible reductions in the amount of
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and limitations (including a
stay) on the exercise of remedies under the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing
Agreement could occur, although the Noteholders would continue to have the
benefit of the Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Trust Assets under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     The right of the Indenture Trustee, as secured party under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and
sell the Trust Assets is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to Section 362 of the
Bankruptcy Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against
the Trust, and possibly the Trust Depositor, before or possibly even after the
Indenture Trustee has foreclosed upon and sold the Trust Assets.  Under the
bankruptcy laws, payments on debts are not made and secured creditors are
prohibited from repossessing their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case
or from disposing of security repossessed from such a debtor, without bankruptcy
court approval.  Moreover, the bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to
continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default
under the applicable debt instruments, provided generally that the secured
creditor has the right to seek "ADEQUATE PROTECTION".

                                  -80-

<PAGE>

The meaning of the term "ADEQUATE PROTECTION" may vary according to 
circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the 
security from any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of 
the use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy 
case.  In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term "ADEQUATE 
PROTECTION" and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is 
impossible to predict whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes 
would be compensated for any diminution in value of the Trust Assets.  
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines that the value of the 
Trust Assets is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the 
Noteholders would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the 
Trust Assets to which the holders are entitled, and unsecured claims with 
respect to such shortfall.  The bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or 
accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys' fees during a 
debtor's bankruptcy case unless, and then only to the extent, the claims are 
oversecured.

     The Seller will either (i) originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User 
Contracts from a Vendor, which Contracts will be transferred to the Trust 
Depositor. If the acquisition of an End-User Contract by a Seller is treated 
as a sale of such Contract from the applicable Vendor to the Seller, except 
in certain limited circumstances, such Contract would not be part of such 
Vendor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to such Vendor's 
creditors. If a Vendor became a debtor in a bankruptcy case and, in the case 
of End-User Contracts acquired as described in clause (ii) above, if an 
unpaid creditor of such Vendor or a representative of creditors of such 
Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a 
debtor-in-possession, were, in any case, to take the position that the sale 
of such Contracts to a Seller was ineffective to remove such Contracts from 
such Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be recharacterized 
as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor), then delays in 
payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court 
rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions in the 
amount of such payments could result. If the transfer of End-User Contracts 
to a Seller as described in clause (ii) above is recharacterized as a pledge, 
a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor arising 
before the Contracts came into existence may have priority over such Seller's 
(and hence the Trust Depositor's, the Trust's and the Indenture Trustee's) 
interest in the Contracts. No law firm will, in connection with the offering 
of the Notes, express any opinion as to the issues discussed in this 
paragraph.

     If an Insolvency Event with respect to the Trust Depositor were to 
occur, then an Event of Default would occur with respect to the Notes and, 
pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  and assuming the 
Trust Assets were not then subject to being involved in a bankruptcy case, 
the Indenture Trustee would sell the Contracts, thereby causing early 
termination of the Trust and would use the proceeds of such sale to pay the 
outstanding principal of and accrued interest on the Notes to the extent and 
in the order of priority described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE 
NOTES--ALLOCATIONS; FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR RESTRICTING EVENT".  The 
Noteholders would suffer a loss if the sum of (i) the proceeds of the sale 
allocable to the Noteholders and (ii) the proceeds of any collections on the 
Contracts in the Collection Account allocable to the Noteholders is 
insufficient to pay the Noteholders in full.

     State laws impose requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure 
sales and obtaining deficiency judgments following such sales.  In the event 
that the Noteholders must rely on repossession and disposition of any 
Equipment to recover amounts due on Defaulted Contracts, such amounts may not 
be realized because of the application of these requirements and 
restrictions.  Other factors that may affect the ability of the Noteholders 
to realize the full amount due on a Contract or Secondary Contract include 
the failure to file financing statements to perfect the Seller's, the Trust 
Depositor's, the Trust's or Indenture Trustee's security interest, as 
applicable, in the Equipment or other Applicable Security, depreciation, 
obsolescence, damage or loss of any item of Equipment, and the application of 
federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws.  As a result, the 
Noteholders may be subject to delays in receiving payments and losses if the 
remaining unaffected Contracts are insufficient to cover such losses.

     If a court, in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor of a Seller or by a 
representative of creditors of such Seller, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, 
or by the Seller acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to find that, at the 
time of or as a result of any transfer by such Seller of Contracts to the 
Trust Depositor, (i) (A)  the Seller entered into such transaction with the 
intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (B) the Seller 
received less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration as a 
result of such transfer and (ii)  the Seller (A) was insolvent or would be 
rendered insolvent by such transfer, (B) was engaged in a business or 
transaction for which its assets constituted unreasonably small capital after 
such transfer or (C) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, 
indebtedness beyond its ability to pay as the obligations under such 
indebtedness matured (as the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted 
under the relevant fraudulent conveyance statutes), such court could 
invalidate such transfer to the Trust Depositor or to the Trust, or 
substantively consolidate the Trust Depositor, the Trust and the Seller, or 
subordinate the rights of the Noteholders to the rights of unsecured 
creditors of the Seller, or take other actions that would be adverse to the 
Noteholders.

     The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary 
depending on the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied.  Generally, 
however, an entity would be considered insolvent if the fair saleable value 
of its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including 
contingent liabilities) or the amount that will be required to pay its 
probable liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute and 
matured.  The Seller believes that it is entering into these transactions 
(including the transfers of Contracts pursuant to the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement) for proper purposes and in good faith and that the purchase price 
for the Contracts identified in the Transfer and Sale Agreement will 
represent reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the transfers 
of such Contracts by the Seller to the Trust Depositor.

     The Trust Depositor will receive, on the Closing Date, a certificate 
from the Seller to the effect that (i) the Seller did not intend, in entering 
into the Transfer and Sale Agreement and consummating the transactions 
contemplated thereby, to hinder, delay or defraud either then present or 
future creditors or any other person to which such Seller was or would 
thereafter become, as of or after the consummation of such transactions, 
indebted and (ii) the purchase price for the Contracts sold under the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement represented reasonably equivalent value or fair 
consideration as a result of the transfers of such Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor.  There can be no assurance, however, that a court would reach the 
same conclusion.

     No law firm will, in connection with any offering of the Notes, express 
any opinion as to federal or state laws relating to fraudulent transfers.

                                  -81-

<PAGE>

     Certain states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ("ARTICLE 
2A"), which purports to codify many provisions of existing common law.  
Although there is little precedent regarding how Article 2A will be 
interpreted, it may, among other things, limit enforceability of any 
"UNCONSCIONABLE" lease or "UNCONSCIONABLE" provision in a lease, provide a 
lessee with remedies, including the right to cancel the lease contract, for 
certain lessor breaches or defaults, and may add to or modify the terms of 
"CONSUMER LEASES" and leases where the lessee is a "MERCHANT LESSEE".   
However, in the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will represent that 
(i) no Contract is a "CONSUMER LEASE" and (ii) each Obligor has accepted the 
equipment leased to it and, after reasonable opportunity to inspect and test, 
has not notified Newcourt of any defects therein.  Article 2A, moreover, 
recognizes typical commercial lease "HELL OR HIGH WATER" rental payment 
clauses and validates reasonable liquidated damages provisions in the event 
of lessor or lessee defaults.  Article 2A also recognizes the concept of 
freedom of contract and permits the parties in a commercial context wide 
degree of latitude to vary provisions of the law.

     VENDOR LOANS AND VENDOR RECOURSE CONTRACTS.  The Vendor Loans are, by 
their terms, payable solely from the proceeds of the Secondary Contracts 
securing such Vendor Loans, and do not generally represent obligations of the 
Vendor (except that Secondary Contracts may be covered by such Vendor's UNL 
Pool or other forms of Vendor recourse).  Consequently, Noteholders must rely 
solely upon the Secondary Contracts and any other Applicable Security, if 
any, for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the related Vendor 
Loans.  As noted above, any Secondary Contract which is a "TRUE LEASE" 
originated by a Vendor will be subject to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor 
in possession, or by such Vendor's bankruptcy trustee if not a "true sale".  
Upon any such rejection, Scheduled Payments under such rejected Secondary 
Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses if the 
remaining unaffected Contract, and security interests in the related 
Equipment, are insufficient to cover the losses.  Further, as noted under 
above, a tax or government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor 
arising before a Secondary Contract came into existence may have priority 
over the Seller's (and hence its assignee's) interest in such Secondary 
Contract.

     Certain Vendor Assignments and certain Program Agreements provide that 
the Seller has recourse to the related Vendor for all or a portion of the 
losses the Seller may incur as a result of a default under the End-User 
Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Agreement.  In the 
event of a Vendor's bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee, a creditor or the 
Vendor as debtor in possession might attempt to characterize sales to the 
Seller pursuant to such Vendor Assignments or Program Agreements as loans to 
the Vendor from the Seller secured by the Contracts sold thereunder.  If such 
an attempt is successful, such Vendor Assignment or Program Agreement would 
be subject to the risks described herein for Vendor Loans.  In such case the 
Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Agreement would 
constitute Secondary Contracts under the recharacterized Vendor Assignment or 
Program Agreement.

                            FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

     The following is a general and brief discussion of certain United States 
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of 
the Notes.  The discussion that follows, and the opinion described below of 
Winston & Strawn, special tax counsel to the Trust Depositor ("TAX COUNSEL"), 
are based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended (the "CODE"), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current 
administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other applicable authorities 
in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly 
with retroactive effect.  There are no cases, regulations, or Internal 
Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on comparable transactions or instruments to 
those described herein.  As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS 
will not challenge the conclusions reached herein, and no ruling from the IRS 
has been or will be sought on any of the issues discussed below.  
Furthermore, legislative, judicial or administrative changes may occur, 
perhaps with retroactive effect, which could affect the accuracy of the 
statements and conclusions set forth herein as well as the tax consequences 
to Noteholders.

     This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal 
income taxation that may be relevant to Noteholders in light of their 
personal investment or tax circumstances nor to certain types of holders who 
may be subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws 
(including, without limitation, financial institutions, broker-dealers, 
insurance companies, foreign persons,  tax-exempt organizations, and persons 
who hold the Notes as part of a straddle, hedging, or conversion 
transaction).  The discussion is generally directed to prospective purchasers 
who purchase Notes at the time of original issue, who are citizens or 
residents of the United States, and who hold the Notes as "CAPITAL ASSETS" 
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Taxpayers and preparers of 
tax returns (including those filed by any partnership or other issuer) should 
be aware that under applicable Treasury Regulations a provider of advice on 
specific issues of law is not considered an income tax return preparer unless 
the advice is (i) given with respect to events that have occurred at the time 
the advice is rendered and is not given with respect to the consequences of 

                                  -82-

<PAGE>

contemplated actions, and (ii) is directly relevant to the determination of 
an entry on a tax return.  Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their own 
tax advisors and tax return preparers regarding the preparation of any item 
on a tax return, even where the anticipated tax treatment has been discussed 
herein.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS 
TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM 
OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES.

OPINION

     In the opinion of Tax Counsel, for federal income tax purposes, although 
no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated herein has been the 
subject of any Treasury Regulation, revenue ruling, or judicial decision, 
based on the application of existing law to the facts as set forth in the 
applicable agreements, (i) the Trust will not be treated as an association 
(or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (ii) the Notes 
will be treated as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.  Such 
opinion assumes that the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Certificateholder 
and all the Noteholders will consistently treat the Notes for all tax 
purposes as indebtedness secured by the assets of the Trust and that the 
Certificateholder will not elect for the Trust to be classified as an 
association for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Treasury Regulations 
Section 301.7701-3.  An opinion of counsel does not foreclose the possibility 
of a contrary determination by the IRS or by a court of competent 
jurisdiction, or of a contrary position by the IRS or Treasury Department in 
regulations or rulings issued in the future.

     Although it is the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Trust will not be 
treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a 
corporation and the Notes will be characterized as indebtedness for federal 
income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that such characterization of 
the Trust and the Notes will prevail.  If the Trust were taxable as a 
corporation for federal income tax purposes, it would be subject to corporate 
income tax on its taxable income.  The Trust's taxable income would include 
all its income on the related Contracts and other assets, which may be 
reduced by its interest expense on the Notes if the Notes are respected as 
debt of such corporation. Any such corporate income tax could materially 
reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes.  If, contrary to the 
opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS also successfully asserted that one or more 
of the Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the 
Notes might be treated as equity interests in the Trust.  If so treated, the 
Trust might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse tax consequences 
described above (and the resulting taxable corporation would not be able to 
reduce its taxable income by deductions for interest expense on the Notes 
recharacterized as equity).  Alternatively, if the IRS treated the Notes as 
equity, it is also possible that the Trust might be treated as a publicly 
traded partnership  taxable as a corporation unless the Trust is able to meet 
certain qualifying income tests.  Even if not taxed as a corporation, 
treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such publicly traded 
partnership could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders.  For 
example, income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) may 
constitute "UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME," income to foreign holders 
generally would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and 
withholding requirements, individual holders might be subject to certain 
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of Trust expenses, and 
income from the Trust's assets would be taxable to Noteholders without regard 
to whether cash distributions are made from the Trust or the Noteholders' 
method of tax accounting.

     The discussion that follows assumes that the Notes will be treated as 
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.  The following discussion is 
also based in part upon Treasury Regulations interpreting the original issue 
discount ("OID")  provisions  of the Code.  The OID regulations, however, are 
subject to varying interpretations and do not address all issues that would 
affect Noteholders. 

TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME TO NOTEHOLDERS

     Based upon the discussion below under the heading "OID" Tax Counsel's 
interpretation of (i) the definition of "QUALIFIED STATED INTEREST" and (ii) 
other provisions of the OID Code sections and regulations, it is not expected 
that the Notes will be issued with OID (I.E., any excess of the stated 
redemption price at maturity over their issue price), other than perhaps with 
a DE MINIMIS amount (I.E., 1/4 of the Notes stated redemption price at 
maturity multiplied by the number of full years to maturity).  In such case, 
the stated interest on each class of Notes should be treated as qualified 
stated interest and will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax 
purposes when received or accrued in accordance with the Noteholder's general 
method of tax accounting.

  OID

     If Notes were issued at a discount from their principal amounts or if 
the stated interest were not treated as "QUALIFIED STATED INTEREST," the 
Notes would be treated as having OID.  Under the OID regulations currently in 
effect, in order to have qualified stated interest, the stated interest must 
be "UNCONDITIONALLY PAYABLE" in cash or property at least once annually.  
Interest is unconditionally payable only if  reasonable legal remedies exist 
to compel timely payment or the debt instrument otherwise provides terms and 
conditions that make the likelihood of late payment (other than a late 
payment that occurs within a reasonable grace period) or nonpayment a remote 
contingency at the time the Notes are

                                  -83-

<PAGE>

issued. The Trust believes that such likelihood is remote because of the 
Default Rate of interest which would become applicable to late payments of 
stated interest.  Accordingly, the Trust intends to take the position that 
the Notes will not be issued with OID.  However, the definition of the term 
"REMOTE" in the regulations has not yet been addressed in any rulings or 
other interpretations by the Service, and it is possible that the Service 
could assert that the notes were issued with OID.  In such case, the stated 
interest on the Notes would not be qualified stated interest and the Notes 
would be considered to have been issued with OID.

     If the Notes are in fact issued with a greater than DE MINIMIS amount of 
OID or are otherwise treated as having been issued with OID, the following 
rules should apply.  The excess of the "STATED REDEMPTION PRICE AT MATURITY" 
of a Note (generally equal to its principal amount as of the date of issuance 
plus all interest other than "QUALIFIED STATED INTEREST" payable prior to or 
at maturity) over the original issue price (in this case, the initial 
offering price at which a substantial amount of the Notes are sold to the 
public) will constitute OID. A Noteholder must include OID in income as 
interest over the term of the Note under a constant yield method.  OID must 
be included in income in advance of the receipt of cash representing that 
income.  In general, the amount of OID included in income is the sum of the 
"DAILY PORTIONS" of the OID with respect to the Note for each day during the 
taxable year the Noteholder held the Note.  The daily portion generally is 
determined by allocating to each day in an accrual period a ratable portion 
of the OID allocable to such accrual period.  The amount of OID allocable to 
an accrual period is generally equal to the difference between (i) the 
product of the Note's adjusted issue price and its yield to maturity and (ii) 
the amount of qualified stated interest payments allocable to such accrual 
period.  The "ADJUSTED ISSUE PRICE" of an OID Note at the beginning of any 
accrual period is the sum of its issue price plus the amount of OID allocable 
to prior accrual periods minus the amount of prior payments that were not 
qualified stated interest.

     Alternatively, because the payments on the Notes may be accelerated by 
reason of prepayments on the Contracts, OID, other than DE MINIMIS OID, on 
the Notes, if any, may have to be accrued under Code section 1272(a)(6), 
which allocates OID to each day in an accrual period by taking the ratable 
portion of the excess of (i) the sum of the present value of the remaining 
payments on a Note as of the close of the accrual period and the payments 
made during the accrual period that were included in stated redemption price 
at maturity, over (ii) the adjusted issue price of the Note at the beginning 
of the accrual period.  No regulations have been issued under Code section 
1272(a)(6) so it is not clear if such section would apply to the Notes if 
they are treated as having OID.  Legislation has been proposed which if 
enacted, would require any OID (or interest) on the Notes to be computed in 
accordance with the rules of Section 1272(a)(6) and certain prepayment 
assumptions.

     A holder of a Note issued with DE MINIMIS OID must include such OID in 
income proportionately as principal payments are made on such Note.

  ACQUISITION PREMIUM

     A holder that purchases a Note for an amount less than or equal to the 
sum of all amounts payable on the Note after the purchase date other than 
payments of qualified stated interest but in excess of its adjusted issue 
price (any such excess being "ACQUISITION PREMIUM") and that does not make 
the election described below under "ELECTION TO TREAT ALL INTEREST AS 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT" is permitted to reduce the daily portions of OID, if 
any, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the holder's 
adjusted basis in the Note immediately after its purchase over the adjusted 
issue price of the Note, and the denominator of which is the excess of the 
sum of all amounts payable on the Note after the purchase date, other than 
payments of qualified stated interest, over the Note's adjusted issue price.

  MARKET DISCOUNT
  
     Whether or not the Notes are issued with OID, a subsequent purchaser 
(I.E., a purchaser who acquires a Note not at the time of original issue) of 
a Note at a discount will be subject to the "MARKET DISCOUNT RULES" of 
Sections 1276 through 1278 of the Code.  In general, these rules provide that 
if the holder of a Note purchases the Note at a market discount (I.E., a 
discount from its original issue price plus any accrued OID that exceeds a DE 
MINIMIS amount specified in the Code) and thereafter recognizes gain upon a 
disposition (or receives a principal payment), the lesser of (i) such gain 
(or the principal payment) or (ii) the accrued market discount (not 
previously included in income) will be taxed 
as ordinary income. Generally, the accrued market discount will be the total 
market discount (not previously included in income) on the Note multiplied by 
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the holder held the 
Note and the denominator of which is the number of days from the date the 
holder acquired the Note until its maturity date.  The holder may elect, 
however, to determine accrued market discount under the constant yield 
method.  The adjusted basis of a Note subject to such election will be 
increased to reflect market discount included in gross income, thereby 
reducing any gain or increasing any loss on a subsequent sale or taxable 
disposition.  Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the 
effect of making this election. 

                                  -84-

<PAGE>

     Limitations imposed by the Code, which are intended to match deductions 
with the taxation of income, may defer deductions for interest on 
indebtedness incurred or continued, or short-sale expenses incurred, to 
purchase or carry a Note with accrued market discount.  A Noteholder who 
elects to include market discount in gross income as it accrues, however, is 
exempt from this rule.

     Notwithstanding the above rules, market discount on a Note will be 
considered to be zero if it is less than a DE MINIMIS amount, which is .25% 
of the remaining principal balance of the Note multiplied by its expected 
weighted average remaining life.  If market discount is DE MINIMIS, the 
actual amount of discount must be allocated to the remaining principal 
distributions  on the Note, and when such distribution is received, capital 
gain will be recognized equal to discount allocated to such distribution. 

  AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM

     In general, if a subsequent purchaser acquires a Note at a premium 
(I.E., an amount in excess of the amount payable upon the maturity thereof), 
such Noteholder will be considered to have purchased the Note with 
"AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM" equal to the amount of such excess.  A Noteholder 
may elect to deduct the amortizable bond premium as it accrues under a 
constant yield method over the remaining term of the Note.  Under proposed 
regulations, if finalized, accrued amortized bond premium may only be used as 
an offset against qualified stated interest income when such income is 
included in the holder's gross income under the holder's normal accounting 
system.
  
  ELECTION TO TREAT ALL INTEREST AS ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

     A holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues 
on a Note using the constant yield method described above under the heading 
"OID," with modifications described below.  For purposes of this election, 
interest includes stated interest, OID, DE MINIMIS OID, market discount, DE 
MINIMIS market discount and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable 
bond premium or acquisition premium.  In applying the constant yield method 
to a Note with respect to which this election has been made, the issue price 
of the Note will equal the electing holder's adjusted basis in the Note 
immediately after its acquisition, the issue date of the Note will be the 
date of its acquisition by the electing holder, and no payments on the Note 
will be treated as payments of qualified stated interest.  This election, if 
made,  may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.  Holders should 
consult with their own tax advisors as to the effect of making this election 
in light of their individual circumstances.

DISPOSITION OF NOTES

     Generally, capital gain or loss will be recognized on a sale or other 
taxable disposition of the Notes in an amount equal to the difference between 
the amount realized (other than amounts attributable to, and taxable as, 
accrued interest) and the seller's tax basis in the Notes.  A Noteholder's 
tax basis in a Note will generally equal his or her cost increased by any 
OID or market discount previously included by such Noteholder in 
income with respect to the Note and decreased by any bond premium previously 
amortized and any principal payments previously received by such Noteholder 
with respect to the Note.  Subject to the market discount rules of the Code, 
any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a 
capital asset.  Capital gain or loss will be long-term if the Note was held 
by the holder for more than one year and otherwise will be short-term.  Any 
capital losses realized generally may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to 
offset capital gains, and by an individual taxpayer only to the extent of 
capital gains plus $3,000 of other income.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     The Indenture Trustee will be required to report annually to the IRS, 
and to each Noteholder, the amount of interest paid on the Notes (and the 
amount withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year, 
except as to exempt recipients (generally, corporations, tax-exempt 
organizations, qualified pension and profit-sharing trusts, individual 
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to 
their status).  Each holder (other than holders who are not subject to the 
reporting requirements) will be required to provide, under penalties of 
perjury, a certificate (Form W-9) containing the holder's name, address, 
correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the 
holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a non-exempt Noteholder 
fail to provide the required certification, the Trustee will be required to 
withhold (or cause to be withheld) 31% of the interest otherwise payable to 
the holder, and remit the withheld amounts to the IRS as a credit against the 
holder's federal income tax liability.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN INVESTORS

     Based upon Tax Counsel's opinion that the Notes will be treated as
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes, the following information
describes the general U.S. federal income tax treatment of investors that are
not U.S. persons

                                  -85-

<PAGE>

(each a "FOREIGN PERSON").  The term "FOREIGN PERSON" means any person other 
than (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, 
partnership or other entity organized in or under the laws of the United 
States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate or fiduciary or 
the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax 
purposes, regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a court within the 
United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration 
of the trust and one or more United States fiduciaries have the authority to 
control all substantial decisions of the trust.

     (a)  Interest paid or accrued to a Foreign Person that is not
          effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
          within the United States by the Foreign Person, will generally be
          considered "PORTFOLIO INTEREST" and generally will not be subject
          to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, as long
          as the Foreign Person (i) is not actually or constructively a "10
          PERCENT SHAREHOLDER" of the Trust or the Trust Depositor or a
          "CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION" with respect to which the Trust
          Depositor is a "RELATED PERSON" within the meaning of the Code,
          and (ii) provides an appropriate statement (Form W-8) to the
          Trustee or paying agent (generally the clearing agency, financial
          intermediary, or broker) that is signed under penalties of
          perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the Note is a
          Foreign Person and providing that Foreign Person's name and
          address.  If the information provided in this statement changes,
          the Foreign Person must provide a new Form W-8 within 30 days. 
          The Form W-8 is generally effective for three years. If such
          interest were not portfolio interest, then it would be subject to
          United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30
          percent unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable
          income tax treaty.  To qualify for any reduction as the result of
          an income tax treaty, the Foreign Person must provide the paying
          agent with Form 1001.  This form is also effective for three
          years.

     (b)  Any capital gain realized on the sale or other taxable
          disposition of a Note by a Foreign Person will be exempt from
          United States federal income and withholding tax, PROVIDED that
          (i) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a
          trade or business in the United States by the Foreign Person, and
          (ii) in the case of an individual Foreign Person, the Foreign
          Person is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
          in the taxable year.  If an individual Foreign Person is present
          in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year, the
          gain on the disposition of the Notes could be subject to a 30%
          withholding tax unless reduced by treaty.

     (c)  If the interest, gain or income on a Note held by a Foreign
          Person is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
          business in the United States by the Foreign Person, the holder
          (although exempt from the withholding tax previously discussed if
          an appropriate statement (Form 4224) is furnished to the paying
          agent) generally will be subject to United States federal income
          tax on the interest, gain or income at regular federal income tax
          rates.  Form 4224 is effective for only one calendar year.  In
          addition, if the Foreign Person is a foreign corporation, it may
          be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent of its
          "EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED EARNINGS AND PROFITS" within the meaning
          of the Code for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items,
          unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable tax
          treaty.


                            CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Because of the differences in state tax laws and their applicability to
different investors, it is not possible to summarize the potential state tax
consequences of holding the Notes.  ACCORDINGLY, PURCHASERS OF NOTES SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS REGARDING THE STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
PURCHASING ANY NOTES.


                                 ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans subject to ERISA ("ERISA
PLANS") and prohibits certain transactions between ERISA Plans and persons who
are "PARTIES IN INTEREST" (as defined under ERISA) with respect to assets of
such Plans.  Section 4975 of the Code prohibits a similar set of transactions
between certain plans or individual retirement accounts ("CODE PLANS," and
together with ERISA Plans, "PLANS") and persons who are "DISQUALIFIED PERSONS"
(as defined in the Code) with respect to Code Plans.  Certain employee benefit
plans, such as governmental plans and  church plans (if no election has been
made under Section 410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the requirements of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and assets of such plans may be invested in
the Notes, subject to the provisions of other applicable federal

                                  -86-

<PAGE>

and state law. Any such plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the 
Code and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is, however, 
subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the 
Code.

     Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary
requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that investments be made in accordance with
the documents governing the ERISA Plan.  Before investing in the Notes, an ERISA
Plan fiduciary should consider, among other factors, whether to do so is
appropriate in view of the overall investment policy and liquidity needs of the
ERISA Plan.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

     In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit
parties in interest and disqualified persons with respect to ERISA Plans and
Code Plans from engaging in certain transactions involving such Plans or "PLAN
ASSETS" of such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to
the transaction.  Section 4975 of the Code and Sections 502(i) and 502(1) of
ERISA provide for the imposition of certain excise taxes and civil penalties on
certain persons that engage or participate in such prohibited transactions.  The
Trust Depositor, the Underwriter, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee or certain affiliates thereof may be considered or may become
parties in interest or disqualified persons with respect to a Plan.  If so, the
acquisition or holding of the Notes by, on behalf of or with "PLAN ASSETS" of
such Plan may be considered to give rise to a "PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" within
the meaning of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless an administrative
exemption described below or some other exemption is available.

     The Notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the Trust
Depositor, the Underwriter, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, or the Owner
Trustee or an affiliate thereof either (a) has discretionary authority or
control with respect to the investment or management of such assets or (b) has
authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment advice with
respect to such assets pursuant to an agreement or understanding that such
advice will serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with respect to
such assets and that such advice will be based on the particular needs of the
Plan or (c) is an employer of employees covered under the Plan unless such
investment is made through an insurance company general or pooled separate
account or a bank collective investment fund and an exemption is available.

     Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, certain prohibited
transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the Notes - for
example, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23, which exempts
certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by an "IN-HOUSE ASSET
MANAGER;" PTCE 95-60, which exempts certain transactions between insurance
company general accounts and parties in interest; PTCE 91-38, which exempts
certain transactions between bank collective investment funds and parties in
interest; PTCE 90-1, which exempts certain transactions between insurance
company pooled separate accounts and parties in interest; or PTCE 84-14, which
exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by a "QUALIFIED
PROFESSIONAL ASSET MANAGER."  There can be no assurance that any of these
exemptions will apply with respect to any Plan's investment in the Notes or,
even if an exemption were deemed to apply, that any exemption would apply to all
prohibited transactions that may occur in connection with such investment.

     Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed, any 
fiduciary or other Plan investor who proposes to invest assets of a Plan in 
the Notes should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential 
consequences under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code of doing so.

                                 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

GENERAL

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting 
agreement dated          (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") for the sale of the 
Notes, the Trust Depositor has agreed to sell to First Union Capital Markets 
Corp,          , and              . (the "UNDERWRITERS") and each of the 
Underwriters has separately agreed to purchase from the Trust Depositor, the 
principal amount of the Notes set forth opposite its name below:

                                  -87-

<PAGE>
                                         Aggregate Principal Amount
                                              to be Purchased
                                          -----------------------
                              Class A-1 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1
                              ------------------------------------------------

     First Union Capital Markets Corp.
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________

                                         Aggregate Principal Amount
                                              to be Purchased
                                          ------------------------
                               Class A-2 Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1
                              ------------------------------------------------

     First Union Capital Markets Corp.


                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________


                                         Aggregate Principal Amount
                                              to be Purchased
                                          -------------------------
                                Class B Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1 
                              ------------------------------------------------

     First Union Capital Markets Corp.                                        
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________

                                         Aggregate Principal Amount
                                              to be Purchased
                                          --------------------------

                                Class C Receivable-Backed Notes, Series 1997-1
                              ------------------------------------------------

     First Union Capital Markets Corp.
                                    
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________
                                                 $______________


     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes offered hereby
if any of such Notes are purchased.

     The Underwriter has advised the Issuer that the Underwriter proposes
initially to offer the Notes to the public at the price set forth on the cover
page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less a selling concession not
in excess of      % of the initial principal amount of the Notes.  The
Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a concession not in excess
of      % of the initial principal amount of the Notes.  After the initial
public offering, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that Newcourt USA and the Trust
Depositor, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Underwriters against
certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or contribute to payments the Underwriter may be required to
make in respect thereof.

     In addition, First Union Capital Markets Corp. ("FIRST UNION") will act as
the private placement agent for the Trust Depositor in connection with the sale
of the Subordinated Notes and will receive compensation therefor.


     First Union Capital Markets Corp. is the Administrator of VFCC, a 
special purpose company the business of which is limited, generally, to the 
purchase of, or the making of loans against receivables or interests in 
financial assets. The Seller has previously sold certain lease and finance 
contracts to the Trust Depositor which has resold them (or interests therein) 
to VFCC. It is expected that these contracts will be repurchased from VFCC by 
the Trust Depositor and from the Trust Depositor by the Seller simultaneously 
with (and with the proceeds of) the issuance of the Notes and the 
Subordinated Securities contemplated hereby and that certain of such 
contracts will be included in the Contract Portfolio. SEE "USE OF PROCEEDS." 
In addition, an affiliate of First Union provides liquidity and enhancement 
to VFCC in connection with its funding obligations of such contracts. VFCC is 
not affiliated with First Union Corporation, First Union Capital Markets 
Corporation or any of their respective affiliates.

     In the ordinary course of its business, the Underwriters and their
affiliates have engaged and may engage in commercial banking and investment
banking transactions with Newcourt USA and its affiliates, including the Trust
Depositor.


                                 RATING OF THE NOTES

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that the Class A-1 Notes 
be rated at least "    " and "   " , that the Class A-2 Notes be rated at 
least "  " and "    " , that the Class B Notes be rated at least "    " and " 
   " , and that the Class C Notes be rated at least "   " and "   ", by a 
nationally recognized rating agency and a nationally recognized rating 
agency, respectively.

                                  -88-

<PAGE>

     Such rating will reflect only the views of the Rating Agency and will be 
based primarily on the subordination of the Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes, 
Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities (in the case of the Class A-1 
Notes), the subordination of the Class B Notes, Class C Notes and the 
Subordinated Securities (in the case of the Class A-2 Notes)the subordination 
of the Class C Notes and the Subordinated Securities (in the case of the 
Class B Notes) and the subordination of the Subordinated Securities (in the 
case of the Class C Notes), as well as the value and creditworthiness of the 
Contracts and Equipment.  The ratings are not a recommendation to purchase, 
hold or sell the Notes, inasmuch as such ratings do not comment as to market 
price or suitability for a particular investor.  Each rating may be subject 
to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning Rating Agency.  There 
is no assurance that any such rating will continue for any period of time or 
that it will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the Rating Agency if, in 
its judgment, circumstances so warrant.  A revision or withdrawal of such 
rating may have an adverse affect on the market price of the Notes.  The 
rating of the Notes addresses the likelihood of the timely payment of 
interest and the ultimate payment of principal on the Notes pursuant to their 
terms.  The rating does not address the rate of Prepayments that may be 
experienced on the Contracts and, therefore, does not address the effect of 
the rate of Prepayments on the return of principal to the Noteholders.

                                    LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters relating to the Notes, including certain federal 
income tax matters, as well as other matters, will be passed upon for the 
Trust, the Trust Depositor, the Seller/Servicer and the Administrator by 
Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois.  Certain legal matters for the 
Underwriter will be passed upon by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (a partnership 
which includes professional corporations), New York, New York.

                                        -89-

 
<PAGE>


                               INDEX OF TERMS
Term(s)                                                                 Page(s)
ADCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Accrual Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 51
Acquisition Premium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Act. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-4
ADCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Additional Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 46
Additional Contract Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Adjusted Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Aggregate Discounted Contract Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 52
Aggregate Principal Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Applicable Class Percentage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 72
Article 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 83
Available Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Available Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 55
Bankruptcy Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 81
Business Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Calculation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Cede . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Cedel Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 6, 7, 64
Class A Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Class A-1 Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class A-1 Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Class A-1 Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class A-1 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Class A-1 Notes Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Class A-1 Principal  Payment Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Class A-1 Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Class A-2 Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class A-2 Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Class A-2 Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class A-2 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 6
Class A-2 Principal  Payment Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Class A-2 Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Class B Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class B Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Class B Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 74
Class B Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Class B Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 72
Class C Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class C Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Class C Noteholders" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class C Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 6
Class C Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 72
Class D Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Class D Principal Payment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 72
Class E Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Cleanup Call Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 60
Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Code Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Collection Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 58
Collection Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Contract Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Contracts Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Controlling Party. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cooperative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
CSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Defaulted Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

<PAGE>


Definitive Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Depositaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Depositary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Discount Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 53, 67
Discounted Contract Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 53, 72
Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Distribution Date. . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2, 6
DTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Early Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Early Termination Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Eligible Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Eligible Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Eligible Secondary Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Eligible Secondary Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
End-User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 67
End-User Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 11, 38, 42
ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ERISA Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ERISA Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Euroclear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Euroclear Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Euroclear Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Excess Concentration Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Excess Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Exchange Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Excluded Amounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Expected Class A-1 Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
FDIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Financed Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 43
Financing Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
First Union. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Foreign Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Guaranteed Residual Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Indemnitees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Indenture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 6
Indenture Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5
Indirect Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Ineligible Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Initial Class A Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class B Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class C Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Initial Class D Note Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Insolvency Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Insurance Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
IPA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
IRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5
Late Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Lease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Lessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
lessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Majority in Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Maturity Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 51
MLA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
MLA Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Monthly Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Newcourt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5
Newcourt USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

                                    -2-

<PAGE>

Note Owners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 6
NRC II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Obligor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 67
OID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Operative Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Optional Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Owner Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5
Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Permitted Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Prepaid Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Prepayment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Prepayment Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Principal Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 72
Program Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Program Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 26
PTCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Qualified Institution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Rating Agencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Record Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Redemption Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Registration Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Required Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reserve Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Reserve Fund Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Residual Assignee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Residual Investment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Restricting Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
S&P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sale and Servicing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Scheduled Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 54
Secondary Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Secured Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 42
Securities Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Service Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5
Servicer Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 70
Servicer Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 11, 42
Servicing Charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Servicing Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 60
Servicing Fee Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Servicing Fee Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 11, 42
Statistical Discount Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Subordinated Note Interest Rate" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Subordinated Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6, 64
Subordinated Residual Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Subordinated Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 6
Substitute Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 46
Substitute Contract Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Tax Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Termination Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
The Contracts Pool". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
TIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Title Registry Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Transfer and Sale Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 28, 65

                                 -3-

<PAGE>

Transfer Deposit Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Transferred Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Transferred Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Transferred Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
True Leases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5
Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Trust Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 7
Trust Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Trust Depositor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5
Trust Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
UCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 23
Underwriter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Underwriting Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
UNL Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Vendor Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Vendor Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Vendor Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 5, 43
Vendors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 43
Warranty Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 69

                                 -4-

<PAGE>

        No dealer, salesman or other
 person is authorized to give any
 information or to make any
 representation not contained in this
 Prospectus and, if given or made,
 such information or representation
 must not be relied upon as having            NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET
 been authorized by the Trust                         TRUST 1997-1
 Depositor or the Underwriter.  This
 Prospectus does not constitute an
 offer to sell or a solicitation of
 any offer to buy any security other                 NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES
 than the Securities offered hereby,                   CORPORATION II
 nor does it constitute an offer to                     ___________
 sell or a solicitation of an offer to
 buy any of the Securities to any
 person in any jurisdiction in which                            
 the person making such offer or                    _____________________
 solicitation is not qualified to do
 so or to anyone whom it is unlawful                     
 to make such an offer or solicitation     ____________________________
 to such person.  Neither the delivery
 of this Prospectus nor any sale made                                     
 hereunder shall under any                             PROSPECTUS
 circumstance create any implication                      
 that the information contained herein     ____________________________
 is correct as of any date subsequent
 to the date hereof.
                                                  ______________, 199_
            _________________
           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  Page

 PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS  . . . . . . . .  1
 REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS  . . . . . . . .  3
 AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . .  3
 SUMMARY OF TERMS  . . . . . . . . . . .  5
 RISK FACTORS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
 USE OF PROCEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
 THE TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
 THE CONTRACTS POOL  . . . . . . . . . . 28
 THE CONTRACTS GENERALLY . . . . . . . . 40
 PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS . . 46
 THE TRUST DEPOSITOR . . . . . . . . . . 50
 DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES  . . . . . . . 51
 THE SUBORDINATED NOTES. . . . . . . . . 64
 THE CERTIFICATES  . . . . . . . . . . . 64
 THE INDENTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
 CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE
 CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
 FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES . . . . 83
 CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES  . . . . 87
 ERISA CONSIDERATIONS  . . . . . . . . . 87
 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION  . . . . . . . . . 88
 RATING OF THE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . 89
 LEGAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
                    
       Until ___________, 199_, all
 dealers effecting transactions in the
 registered securities, whether or not
 participating in this distribution,
 may be required to deliver a
 Prospectus.  This is in addition to
 the obligations of dealers to deliver
 a Prospectus when acting as underwriters
 and with respect to their unsold 
 allotment or subscriptions.

<PAGE>


                                       PART II


                        INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution*

The following is an itemized list of the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the offering of the securities being offered hereunder other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.

     SEC Registration Fee                                     $      1,212.12
     Printing and Engraving Expenses                                45,000.00
     Trustee's Fees and Expenses                                     8,000.00
     Legal Fees and Expenses                                       275,000.00
     Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                                      8,000.00
     Accountants' Fees and Expenses                                 25,000.00
     Rating Agency Fees                                             30,000.00
     Miscellaneous Fees                                             30,000.00

     Total                                                       $ 422,212.12

___________________________
*    All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates of expenses
     incurred or to be incurred in connection with the issuance and
     distribution of the Notes in an aggregate principal amount assumed for
     these purposes to be equal to $4,000,000 of Notes registered hereby.



Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The General Corporation Law of Delaware (Section 145) gives Delaware
corporations broad powers to indemnify their present and former directors and
officers and those affiliated corporations against expenses incurred in the
defense of any lawsuit to which they are made parties by reason of being or
having been such directors or officers, subject to specified conditions and
exclusions; gives a director or officer who successfully defends an action the
right to be so indemnified; and authorizes said corporation to buy director's
and officers' liability insurance.  Such indemnification is not exclusive of any
other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.

Newcourt has also purchased liability policies which indemnify the Registrant's
officers and directors against loss arising from claims by reason of their legal
liability for acts as officers and directors, subject to limitations and
conditions as set forth in the policies.

Pursuant to agreements which the Registrant may enter into with underwriters or
agents (forms of which will be included as exhibits to this Registration
Statement), officers and directors of the Registrant, and affiliates thereof,
may be entitled to indemnification by such underwriters or agents against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
arising from information which has been or will be furnished to the Registrant
by such underwriters or agents that appears in the Registration Statement or any
Prospectus.


Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities


               None

<PAGE>







Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statements

          Exhibits
1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
3.2       Bylaws of the Company*
4.1       Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)*
4.2       Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)*
5.1       Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to legality*
8.1       Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to tax matters*
10.1      Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement*
10.2      Form of Administration Agreement*
10.3      Form of Transfer and Sale Agreement* 
23.1      Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1      Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
25.1      Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture
          Act of 1939 of Indenture Trustee*

__________________________________
*To be filed by amendment




Item 17.  Undertakings

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (a)  That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14
above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     (b)  That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (c)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                 -2-

<PAGE>

                                      SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, 
State of Illinois, on September 19, 1997.

                              NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION II



                              By: /s/ Bradley D. Nullmeyer
                                 ______________________________________

                              Name:   Bradley D. Nullmeyer       
             

                              Title: Principal Executive Officer




                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The undersigned directors and officers of Newcourt Receivables Corporation
II do hereby constitute and appoint Scott Moore and Scott Herbst, and each of
them, with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents to do any and all acts and things in our name and behalf in our
capacities as directors and officers, and to execute any and all instruments for
us and in our names in the capacities indicated below which such person may deem
necessary or advisable to enable the Registrant to comply with the Securities
Act of 1933 (the "ACT"), as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with this Registration
Statement, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to
sign for us, or any of us, in the capacities indicated below and any and all
amendments (including pre-effective and post-effective amendments or any other
registration statement filed pursuant to the provisions of Rule 462(b) under the
Act) hereto; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that such person or persons
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:

        Signature                        Title                       Date


/s/  Bradley D. Nullmeyer  Chief Executive Officer and      September 19, 1997
- -------------------------  Director (Principal Executive 
     Bradley D. Nullmeyer  Officer)
  

/s/  Michel Beland         Chief Financial Officer          September 19, 1997
- -------------------------  (Principal Financial and  
     Michel Beland          Accounting Officer)


/s/  Daniel A. Jauernig    Director                         September 19, 1997
- -------------------------
      Daniel A. Jauernig


/s/  Robert J. Hicks       Director                         September 19, 1997
- -------------------------
     Robert J. Hicks


/s/  Peter H. Sorensen     Director                         September 19, 1997
- -------------------------
      Peter H. Sorensen


                                 -3-
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT INDEX


1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of the Company*
3.2       Bylaws of the Company*
4.1       Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)*
4.2       Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)*
5.1       Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to legality*
8.1       Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to tax matters*
10.1      Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement*
10.2      Form of Administration Agreement*
10.3      Form of Transfer and Sale Agreement* 
23.1      Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1      Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
25.1      Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture
          Act of 1939 of Indenture Trustee*



_______________________
*To be filed by amendment

                                -i-


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission